<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" media="screen" href="/~d/styles/atom10full.xsl"?><?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" media="screen" href="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~d/styles/itemcontent.css"?><feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:openSearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearch/1.1/" xmlns:georss="http://www.georss.org/georss" xmlns:gd="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005" xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0" xmlns:feedburner="http://rssnamespace.org/feedburner/ext/1.0" gd:etag="W/&quot;A0QASXY6fSp7ImA9WhRRFE4.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794</id><updated>2011-11-27T16:15:48.815-08:00</updated><category term="Content" /><category term="Punctuation" /><category term="part of speech" /><category term="Syllables and Words" /><category term="Easy ways to learn reading English" /><category term="three assentials of the English Language" /><category term="Josheph Devlin's Introduction" /><category term="Choice of words" /><category term="errors" /><category term="definitions" /><category term="Joseph Devlin" /><category term="recommended English Learning books for ESL" /><category term="Writing letters" /><category term="Project Gutenberg" /><category term="One hundred most common words in english" /><category term="Pitfalls to Avoid" /><category term="letters" /><category term="The sentence" /><category term="Requirements of Speech" /><category term="Correct Gramma" /><category term="How to Speak and Write Correctly" /><category term="Figurative language" /><title>Study English Online Free</title><subtitle type="html">Learn how to speak English and how to write English correctly. Improve your English with online English gramma lessons, vocabulary Enlish, English exercises.  Great for ESL stuent and English beginners.</subtitle><link rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/" /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><generator version="7.00" uri="http://www.blogger.com">Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>15</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><atom10:link xmlns:atom10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://feeds.feedburner.com/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly" /><feedburner:info uri="learntospeakandwriteenglishcorrectly" /><atom10:link xmlns:atom10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="hub" href="http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/" /><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DUECRHc7cSp7ImA9Wx9bF0k.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794.post-8593203797259736371</id><published>2011-02-26T11:14:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-02-26T11:14:25.909-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2011-02-26T11:14:25.909-08:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="One hundred most common words in english" /><title>One hundred most common words in English</title><content type="html">&lt;iframe title="YouTube video player" width="480" height="390" src="http://www.youtube.com/embed/5oDhRx9_5Nk" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!--
google_ad_client = "pub-9096640032113380";
//feeds_468x60, created 1/28/08
google_ad_slot = "7102324723";
google_ad_width = 468;
google_ad_height = 60;
//--&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;script type="text/javascript"
src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;
&lt;/script&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4738678906894242794-8593203797259736371?l=speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/8593203797259736371/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4738678906894242794&amp;postID=8593203797259736371" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/8593203797259736371?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/8593203797259736371?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly/~3/yzPJbBJxfWk/one-hundred-most-common-words-in.html" title="One hundred most common words in English" /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="http://img.youtube.com/vi/5oDhRx9_5Nk/default.jpg" height="72" width="72" /><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/2011/02/one-hundred-most-common-words-in.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DUMER3Y-fyp7ImA9Wx9bF0k.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794.post-5547843308857084243</id><published>2011-02-26T11:10:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2011-02-26T11:10:06.857-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2011-02-26T11:10:06.857-08:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="recommended English Learning books for ESL" /><title>Recommended books for ESL - English Gramma and English Vocaburary</title><content type="html">&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=020562684X&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt; &lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0071460853&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt; &lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0071441328&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt; &lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0071496424&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0470222670&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=1604945346&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt; &lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0439153913&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt; &lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0325002746&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These English learning books are designed especially for ESL learners.&amp;nbsp; I'm highly recommended of ESL students who want to improve their English skills both in writing and reading.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!--
google_ad_client = "pub-9096640032113380";
//feeds_468x60, created 1/28/08
google_ad_slot = "7102324723";
google_ad_width = 468;
google_ad_height = 60;
//--&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;script type="text/javascript"
src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;
&lt;/script&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4738678906894242794-5547843308857084243?l=speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/5547843308857084243/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4738678906894242794&amp;postID=5547843308857084243" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/5547843308857084243?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/5547843308857084243?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly/~3/l895kAnoMOs/recommended-books-for-esl-english.html" title="Recommended books for ESL - English Gramma and English Vocaburary" /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/2011/02/recommended-books-for-esl-english.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DE8NQn05cCp7ImA9Wx9bF0k.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794.post-5063309004415164629</id><published>2011-02-26T11:01:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2011-02-26T11:01:33.328-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2011-02-26T11:01:33.328-08:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Easy ways to learn reading English" /><title>Easy ways to learn Reading English Language</title><content type="html">There are many ways you can learn English.&amp;nbsp; One easy way I found is to watch movies with English Subtitle.&amp;nbsp; That's way I can here it in English and see all the words in English.&amp;nbsp; English is my second language and I'm still learning about it everyday.&amp;nbsp; Now that I have four years-old twins girls I teach them to read books in English.&amp;nbsp; They are learning really fast and know how to read and write in basic English language.&amp;nbsp; I feel like I'm reviewing my English as well.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Another way to learn English is to start with children literature like Dr. Seuss books e.g. Go Dog Go, One Fish, Two Fish. These books are great for beginners who want to learn how to read English.&amp;nbsp; These books show you words that are rhyme together and also great ways to learn basic English grammar. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0394800133&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0394900200&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0807219924&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!--
google_ad_client = "pub-9096640032113380";
//feeds_468x60, created 1/28/08
google_ad_slot = "7102324723";
google_ad_width = 468;
google_ad_height = 60;
//--&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;script type="text/javascript"
src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;
&lt;/script&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4738678906894242794-5063309004415164629?l=speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/5063309004415164629/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4738678906894242794&amp;postID=5063309004415164629" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/5063309004415164629?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/5063309004415164629?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly/~3/qTfiGFbQRrk/easy-ways-to-learn-reading-english.html" title="Easy ways to learn Reading English Language" /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/2011/02/easy-ways-to-learn-reading-english.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CEMCRH84fyp7ImA9Wx9bFko.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794.post-7598903248368598436</id><published>2011-02-25T14:21:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2011-02-25T14:21:05.137-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2011-02-25T14:21:05.137-08:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Pitfalls to Avoid" /><title>Chapter VIII: Pitfalls to Avoid</title><content type="html">&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2 id="CHAPTER_VIII"&gt;CHAPTER VIII&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;PITFALLS TO AVOID&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Common Stumbling Blocks—Peculiar&lt;br /&gt;
Constructions—Misused Forms.&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;ATTRACTION&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Very often the verb is separated from its real nominative or&lt;br /&gt;
subject by several intervening words and in such cases one is&lt;br /&gt;
liable to make the verb agree with the subject nearest to it. Here&lt;br /&gt;
are a few examples showing that the leading writers now and then&lt;br /&gt;
take a tumble into this pitfall:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
"The partition which the two ministers made of the powers of&lt;br /&gt;
government &lt;i&gt;were&lt;/i&gt; singularly&lt;br /&gt;
happy."—&lt;i&gt;Macaulay&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Should be &lt;i&gt;was&lt;/i&gt; to agree with its subject,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;partition&lt;/i&gt;.)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
"One at least of the qualities which fit it for training&lt;br /&gt;
ordinary men &lt;i&gt;unfit&lt;/i&gt; it for &lt;i&gt;training&lt;/i&gt; an extraordinary&lt;br /&gt;
man."—&lt;i&gt;Bagehot&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Should be &lt;i&gt;unfits&lt;/i&gt; to agree with subject&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;one&lt;/i&gt;.)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
"The Tibetans have engaged to exclude from their country those&lt;br /&gt;
dangerous influences whose appearance &lt;i&gt;were&lt;/i&gt; the chief cause&lt;br /&gt;
of our action."—&lt;i&gt;The Times&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Should be &lt;i&gt;was&lt;/i&gt; to agree with &lt;i&gt;appearance&lt;/i&gt;.)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
"An immense amount of confusion and indifference &lt;i&gt;prevail&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
in these days."—&lt;i&gt;Telegraph&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Should be &lt;i&gt;prevails&lt;/i&gt; to agree with amount.)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;ELLIPSIS&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Errors in ellipsis occur chiefly with prepositions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His objection and condoning of the boy's course, seemed to say&lt;br /&gt;
the least, paradoxical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(The preposition &lt;i&gt;to&lt;/i&gt; should come after objection.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many men of brilliant parts are crushed by force of&lt;br /&gt;
circumstances and their genius forever lost to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Some maintain that the missing verb after genius is &lt;i&gt;are&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
but such is ungrammatical. In such cases the right verb should be&lt;br /&gt;
always expressed: as—their genius &lt;i&gt;is&lt;/i&gt; forever lost to&lt;br /&gt;
the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;THE SPLIT INFINITIVE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Even the best speakers and writers are in the habit of placing a&lt;br /&gt;
modifying word or words between the &lt;i&gt;to&lt;/i&gt; and the remaining&lt;br /&gt;
part of the infinitive. It is possible that such will come to be&lt;br /&gt;
looked upon in time as the proper form but at present the splitting&lt;br /&gt;
of the infinitive is decidedly wrong. "He was scarcely able&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;to&lt;/i&gt; even &lt;i&gt;talk&lt;/i&gt;" "She commenced &lt;i&gt;to&lt;/i&gt; rapidly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;walk&lt;/i&gt; around the room." "&lt;i&gt;To have&lt;/i&gt; really &lt;i&gt;loved&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is better than not &lt;i&gt;to have&lt;/i&gt; at all &lt;i&gt;loved&lt;/i&gt;." In these&lt;br /&gt;
constructions it is much better not to split the infinitive. In&lt;br /&gt;
every-day speech the best speakers sin against this observance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In New York City there is a certain magistrate, a member of "the&lt;br /&gt;
400," who prides himself on his diction in language. He tells this&lt;br /&gt;
story: A prisoner, a faded, battered specimen of mankind, on whose&lt;br /&gt;
haggard face, deeply lined with the marks of dissipation, there&lt;br /&gt;
still lingered faint reminders of better days long past, stood&lt;br /&gt;
dejected before the judge. "Where are you from?" asked the&lt;br /&gt;
magistrate. "From Boston," answered the accused. "Indeed," said the&lt;br /&gt;
judge, "indeed, yours is a sad case, and yet you don't seem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;to&lt;/i&gt; thoroughly &lt;i&gt;realise&lt;/i&gt; how low you have sunk." The man&lt;br /&gt;
stared as if struck. "Your honor does me an injustice," he said&lt;br /&gt;
bitterly. "The disgrace of arrest for drunkenness, the&lt;br /&gt;
mortification of being thrust into a noisome dungeon, the publicity&lt;br /&gt;
and humiliation of trial in a crowded and dingy courtroom I can&lt;br /&gt;
bear, but to be sentenced by a Police Magistrate who &lt;i&gt;splits his&lt;br /&gt;
infinitives&lt;/i&gt;—that is indeed the last blow."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;ONE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The indefinite adjective pronoun &lt;i&gt;one&lt;/i&gt; when put in place of&lt;br /&gt;
a personal substantive is liable to raise confusion. When a&lt;br /&gt;
sentence or expression is begun with the impersonal &lt;i&gt;one&lt;/i&gt; the&lt;br /&gt;
word must be used throughout in all references to the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, "One must mind one's own business if one wishes to succeed"&lt;br /&gt;
may seem prolix and awkward, nevertheless it is the proper form.&lt;br /&gt;
You must not say—"One must mind his business if he wishes to&lt;br /&gt;
succeed," for the subject is impersonal and therefore cannot&lt;br /&gt;
exclusively take the masculine pronoun. With &lt;i&gt;any one&lt;/i&gt; it is&lt;br /&gt;
different. You may say—"If any one sins he should acknowledge&lt;br /&gt;
it; let him not try to hide it by another sin."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;ONLY&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is a word that is a pitfall to the most of us whether&lt;br /&gt;
learned or unlearned. Probably it is the most indiscriminately used&lt;br /&gt;
word in the language. From the different positions it is made to&lt;br /&gt;
occupy in a sentence it can relatively change the meaning. For&lt;br /&gt;
instance in the sentence—"I &lt;i&gt;only&lt;/i&gt; struck him that&lt;br /&gt;
time," the meaning to be inferred is, that the only thing I did to&lt;br /&gt;
him was to &lt;i&gt;strike&lt;/i&gt; him, not kick or otherwise abuse him. But&lt;br /&gt;
if the &lt;i&gt;only&lt;/i&gt; is shifted, so as to make the sentence read-"I&lt;br /&gt;
struck him &lt;i&gt;only&lt;/i&gt; that time" the meaning conveyed is, that&lt;br /&gt;
only on that occasion and at no other time did I strike him. If&lt;br /&gt;
another shift is made to-"I struck &lt;i&gt;only&lt;/i&gt; him that time," the&lt;br /&gt;
meaning is again altered so that it signifies he was the only&lt;br /&gt;
person I struck.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In speaking we can by emphasis impress our meaning on our&lt;br /&gt;
hearers, but in writing we have nothing to depend upon but the&lt;br /&gt;
position of the word in the sentence. The best rule in regard to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;only&lt;/i&gt; is to place it &lt;i&gt;immediately before&lt;/i&gt; the word or&lt;br /&gt;
phrase it modifies or limits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;ALONE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is another word which creates ambiguity and alters meaning. If&lt;br /&gt;
we substitute it for only in the preceding example the meaning of&lt;br /&gt;
the sentence will depend upon the arrangement. Thus "I &lt;i&gt;alone&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
struck him at that time" signifies that I and no other struck him.&lt;br /&gt;
When the sentence reads "I struck him &lt;i&gt;alone&lt;/i&gt; at that time" it&lt;br /&gt;
must be interpreted that he was the only person that received a&lt;br /&gt;
blow. Again if it is made to read "I struck him at that time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;alone&lt;/i&gt;" the sense conveyed is that that was the only occasion&lt;br /&gt;
on which I struck him. The rule which governs the correct use of&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;only&lt;/i&gt; is also applicable to &lt;i&gt;alone&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;OTHER AND ANOTHER&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are words which often give to expressions a meaning far&lt;br /&gt;
from that intended. Thus, "I have &lt;i&gt;nothing&lt;/i&gt; to do with that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;other&lt;/i&gt; rascal across the street," certainly means that I am a&lt;br /&gt;
rascal myself. "I sent the despatch to my friend, but another&lt;br /&gt;
villain intercepted it," clearly signifies that my friend is a&lt;br /&gt;
villain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good plan is to omit these words when they can be readily done&lt;br /&gt;
without, as in the above examples, but when it is necessary to use&lt;br /&gt;
them make your meaning clear. You can do this by making each&lt;br /&gt;
sentence or phrase in which they occur independent of contextual&lt;br /&gt;
aid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;AND WITH THE RELATIVE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Never use &lt;i&gt;and&lt;/i&gt; with the &lt;i&gt;relative&lt;/i&gt; in this manner:&lt;br /&gt;
"That is the dog I meant &lt;i&gt;and which&lt;/i&gt; I know is of pure breed."&lt;br /&gt;
This is an error quite common. The use of &lt;i&gt;and&lt;/i&gt; is permissible&lt;br /&gt;
when there is a parallel relative in the preceding sentence or&lt;br /&gt;
clause. Thus: "There is the dog which I meant and.which I know is&lt;br /&gt;
of pure breed" is quite correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;LOOSE PARTICIPLES&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A participle or participial phrase is naturally referred to the&lt;br /&gt;
nearest nominative. If only one nominative is expressed it claims&lt;br /&gt;
all the participles that are not by the construction of the&lt;br /&gt;
sentence otherwise fixed. "John, working in the field all day and&lt;br /&gt;
getting thirsty, drank from the running stream." Here the&lt;br /&gt;
participles &lt;i&gt;working&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;getting&lt;/i&gt; clearly refer to&lt;br /&gt;
John. But in the sentence,—"Swept along by the mob I could&lt;br /&gt;
not save him," the participle as it were is lying around loose and&lt;br /&gt;
may be taken to refer to either the person speaking or to the&lt;br /&gt;
person spoken about. It may mean that I was swept along by the mob&lt;br /&gt;
or the individual whom I tried to save was swept along.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Going into the store the roof fell" can be taken that it was&lt;br /&gt;
the roof which was going into the store when it fell. Of course the&lt;br /&gt;
meaning intended is that some person or persons were going into the&lt;br /&gt;
store just as the roof fell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In all sentence construction with participles there should be&lt;br /&gt;
such clearness as to preclude all possibility of ambiguity. The&lt;br /&gt;
participle should be so placed that there can be no doubt as to the&lt;br /&gt;
noun to which it refers. Often it is advisable to supply such words&lt;br /&gt;
as will make the meaning obvious.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;BROKEN CONSTRUCTION&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the beginning of a sentence presents quite a different&lt;br /&gt;
grammatical construction from its end. This arises from the fact&lt;br /&gt;
probably, that the beginning is lost sight of before the end is&lt;br /&gt;
reached. This occurs frequently in long sentences. Thus: "Honesty,&lt;br /&gt;
integrity and square-dealing will bring anybody much better through&lt;br /&gt;
life than the absence of either." Here the construction is broken&lt;br /&gt;
at &lt;i&gt;than&lt;/i&gt;. The use of &lt;i&gt;either&lt;/i&gt;, only used in referring to&lt;br /&gt;
one of two, shows that the fact is forgotten that three qualities&lt;br /&gt;
and not two are under consideration. Any one of the three meanings&lt;br /&gt;
might be intended in the sentence, viz., absence of any one&lt;br /&gt;
quality, absence of any two of the qualities or absence of the&lt;br /&gt;
whole three qualities. Either denotes one or the other of two and&lt;br /&gt;
should never be applied to any one of more than two. When we fall&lt;br /&gt;
into the error of constructing such sentences as above, we should&lt;br /&gt;
take them apart and reconstruct them in a different grammatical&lt;br /&gt;
form. Thus,—"Honesty, integrity and square-dealing will bring&lt;br /&gt;
a man much better through life than a lack of these qualities which&lt;br /&gt;
are almost essential to success."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;DOUBLE NEGATIVE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It must be remembered that two negatives in the English language&lt;br /&gt;
destroy each other and are equivalent to an affirmative. Thus "I&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;don't&lt;/i&gt; know &lt;i&gt;nothing&lt;/i&gt; about it" is intended to convey,&lt;br /&gt;
that I am ignorant of the matter under consideration, but it&lt;br /&gt;
defeats its own purpose, inasmuch as the use of nothing implies&lt;br /&gt;
that I know something about it. The sentence should read—"I&lt;br /&gt;
don't know anything about it."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often we hear such expressions as "He was &lt;i&gt;not&lt;/i&gt; asked to&lt;br /&gt;
give &lt;i&gt;no&lt;/i&gt; opinion," expressing the very opposite of what is&lt;br /&gt;
intended. This sentence implies that he was asked to give his&lt;br /&gt;
opinion. The double negative, therefore, should be carefully&lt;br /&gt;
avoided, for it is insidious and is liable to slip in and the&lt;br /&gt;
writer remain unconscious of its presence until the eye of the&lt;br /&gt;
critic detects it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;FIRST PERSONAL PRONOUN&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the first personal pronoun should be avoided as much&lt;br /&gt;
as possible in composition. Don't introduce it by way of apology&lt;br /&gt;
and never use such expressions as "In my opinion," "As far as I can&lt;br /&gt;
see," "It appears to me," "I believe," etc. In what you write, the&lt;br /&gt;
whole composition is expressive of your views, since you are the&lt;br /&gt;
author, therefore, there is no necessity for you to accentuate or&lt;br /&gt;
emphasize yourself at certain portions of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, the big &lt;i&gt;I's&lt;/i&gt; savor of egotism! Steer clear of&lt;br /&gt;
them as far as you can. The only place where the first person is&lt;br /&gt;
permissible is in passages where you are stating a view that is not&lt;br /&gt;
generally held and which is likely to meet with opposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;SEQUENCE OF TENSES&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When two verbs depend on each other their tenses must have a&lt;br /&gt;
definite relation to each other. "I shall have much pleasure in&lt;br /&gt;
accepting your kind invitation" is wrong, unless you really mean&lt;br /&gt;
that just now you decline though by-and-by you intend to accept; or&lt;br /&gt;
unless you mean that you do accept now, though you have no pleasure&lt;br /&gt;
in doing so, but look forward to be more pleased by-and-by. In fact&lt;br /&gt;
the sequence of the compound tenses puzzle experienced writers. The&lt;br /&gt;
best plan is to go back in thought to the time in question and use&lt;br /&gt;
the tense you would &lt;i&gt;then&lt;/i&gt; naturally use. Now in the sentence&lt;br /&gt;
"I should have liked to have gone to see the circus" the way to&lt;br /&gt;
find out the proper sequence is to ask yourself the&lt;br /&gt;
question—what is it I "should have liked" to do? and the&lt;br /&gt;
plain answer is "to go to see the circus." I cannot&lt;br /&gt;
answer—"To have gone to see the circus" for that would imply&lt;br /&gt;
that at a certain moment I would have liked to be in the position&lt;br /&gt;
of having gone to the circus. But I do not mean this; I mean that&lt;br /&gt;
at the moment at which I am speaking I wish I had gone to see the&lt;br /&gt;
circus. The verbal phrase &lt;i&gt;I should have liked&lt;/i&gt; carries me&lt;br /&gt;
back to the time when there was a chance of seeing the circus and&lt;br /&gt;
once back at the time, the going to the circus is a thing of the&lt;br /&gt;
present. This whole explanation resolves itself into the simple&lt;br /&gt;
question,—what should I have liked &lt;i&gt;at that time&lt;/i&gt;, and&lt;br /&gt;
the answer is "to go to see the circus," therefore this is the&lt;br /&gt;
proper sequence, and the expression should be "I should have liked&lt;br /&gt;
to go to see the circus."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we wish to speak of something relating to a time &lt;i&gt;prior&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to that indicated in the past tense we must use the perfect tense&lt;br /&gt;
of the infinitive; as, "He appeared to have seen better days." We&lt;br /&gt;
should say "I expected to &lt;i&gt;meet him&lt;/i&gt;," not "I expected &lt;i&gt;to&lt;br /&gt;
have met him&lt;/i&gt;." "We intended &lt;i&gt;to visit you&lt;/i&gt;," not "&lt;i&gt;to&lt;br /&gt;
have visited&lt;/i&gt; you." "I hoped they &lt;i&gt;would&lt;/i&gt; arrive," not "I&lt;br /&gt;
hoped they &lt;i&gt;would have&lt;/i&gt; arrived." "I thought I should&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;catch&lt;/i&gt; the bird," not "I thought I should &lt;i&gt;have caught&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the bird." "I had intended &lt;i&gt;to go&lt;/i&gt; to the meeting," not "I had&lt;br /&gt;
intended to &lt;i&gt;have gone&lt;/i&gt; to the meeting."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;BETWEEN—AMONG&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These prepositions are often carelessly interchanged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Between&lt;/i&gt; has reference to two objects only, &lt;i&gt;among&lt;/i&gt; to&lt;br /&gt;
more than two. "The money was equally divided between them" is&lt;br /&gt;
right when there are only two, but if there are more than two it&lt;br /&gt;
should be "the money was equally divided among them."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;LESS—FEWER&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Less&lt;/i&gt; refers is quantity, &lt;i&gt;fewer&lt;/i&gt; to number. "No man&lt;br /&gt;
has &lt;i&gt;less&lt;/i&gt; virtues" should be "No man has &lt;i&gt;fewer&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
virtues." "The farmer had some oats and a &lt;i&gt;fewer&lt;/i&gt; quantity of&lt;br /&gt;
wheat" should be "the farmer had some oats and a &lt;i&gt;less&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
quantity of wheat."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;FURTHER—FARTHER&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Further&lt;/i&gt; is commonly used to denote quantity,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;farther&lt;/i&gt; to denote distance. "I have walked &lt;i&gt;farther&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
than you," "I need no &lt;i&gt;further&lt;/i&gt; supply" are correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;EACH OTHER—ONE ANOTHER&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Each other&lt;/i&gt; refers to two, &lt;i&gt;one another&lt;/i&gt; to more than&lt;br /&gt;
two. "Jones and Smith quarreled; they struck each other" is&lt;br /&gt;
correct. "Jones, Smith and Brown quarreled; they struck one&lt;br /&gt;
another" is also correct. Don't say, "The two boys teach one&lt;br /&gt;
another" nor "The three girls love each other."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;EACH, EVERY, EITHER, NEITHER&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These words are continually misapplied. &lt;i&gt;Each&lt;/i&gt; can be&lt;br /&gt;
applied to two or any higher number of objects to signify &lt;i&gt;every&lt;br /&gt;
one&lt;/i&gt; of the number &lt;i&gt;independently&lt;/i&gt;. Every requires &lt;i&gt;more&lt;br /&gt;
than two&lt;/i&gt; to be spoken of and denotes all the &lt;i&gt;persons&lt;/i&gt; or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;things&lt;/i&gt; taken &lt;i&gt;separately&lt;/i&gt;. &lt;i&gt;Either&lt;/i&gt; denotes &lt;i&gt;one&lt;br /&gt;
or the other of two&lt;/i&gt;, and should not be used to include both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Neither&lt;/i&gt; is the negative of either, denoting not the other,&lt;br /&gt;
and not the one, and relating to &lt;i&gt;two persons&lt;/i&gt; or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;things&lt;/i&gt; considered separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following examples illustrate the correct usage of these&lt;br /&gt;
words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Each&lt;/i&gt; man of the crew received a reward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Every&lt;/i&gt; man in the regiment displayed bravery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can walk on &lt;i&gt;either&lt;/i&gt; side of the street.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Neither&lt;/i&gt; of the two is to blame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;NEITHER-NOR&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When two singular subjects are connected by &lt;i&gt;neither&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;nor&lt;/i&gt; use a singular verb; as, &lt;i&gt;Neither&lt;/i&gt; John &lt;i&gt;nor&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
James &lt;i&gt;was there&lt;/i&gt;," not &lt;i&gt;were&lt;/i&gt; there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;NONE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Custom Has sanctioned the use of this word both with a singular&lt;br /&gt;
and plural; as—"None &lt;i&gt;is&lt;/i&gt; so blind as he who will not&lt;br /&gt;
see" and "None &lt;i&gt;are&lt;/i&gt; so blind as they who will not see."&lt;br /&gt;
However, as it is a contraction of &lt;i&gt;no one&lt;/i&gt; it is better to&lt;br /&gt;
use the singular verb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;RISE-RAISE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These verbs are very often confounded. &lt;i&gt;Rise&lt;/i&gt; is to move or&lt;br /&gt;
pass upward in any manner; as to "rise from bed;" to increase in&lt;br /&gt;
value, to improve in position or rank, as "stocks rise;"&lt;br /&gt;
"politicians rise;" "they have risen to honor."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Raise&lt;/i&gt; is to lift up, to exalt, to enhance, as "I raise&lt;br /&gt;
the table;" "He raised his servant;" "The baker raised the price of&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;bread&lt;/i&gt;."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;LAY-LIE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The transitive verb &lt;i&gt;lay&lt;/i&gt;, and &lt;i&gt;lay&lt;/i&gt;, the past tense&lt;br /&gt;
of the neuter verb &lt;i&gt;lie&lt;/i&gt;, are often confounded, though quite&lt;br /&gt;
different in meaning. The neuter verb &lt;i&gt;to lie&lt;/i&gt;, meaning to lie&lt;br /&gt;
down or rest, cannot take the objective after it except with a&lt;br /&gt;
preposition. We can say "He &lt;i&gt;lies&lt;/i&gt; on the ground," but we&lt;br /&gt;
cannot say "He &lt;i&gt;lies&lt;/i&gt; the ground," since the verb is neuter&lt;br /&gt;
and intransitive and, as such, cannot have a direct object. With&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;lay&lt;/i&gt; it is different. &lt;i&gt;Lay&lt;/i&gt; is a transitive verb,&lt;br /&gt;
therefore it takes a direct object after it; as "I &lt;i&gt;lay&lt;/i&gt; a&lt;br /&gt;
wager," "I &lt;i&gt;laid&lt;/i&gt; the carpet," etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of a carpet or any inanimate subject we should say, "It lies on&lt;br /&gt;
the floor," "A knife &lt;i&gt;lies&lt;/i&gt; on the table," not &lt;i&gt;lays&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
But of a person we say—"He &lt;i&gt;lays&lt;/i&gt; the knife on the&lt;br /&gt;
table," not "He &lt;i&gt;lies&lt;/i&gt;——." &lt;i&gt;Lay&lt;/i&gt; being the&lt;br /&gt;
past tense of the neuter to lie (down) we should say, "He&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;lay&lt;/i&gt; on the bed," and &lt;i&gt;lain&lt;/i&gt; being its past participle&lt;br /&gt;
we must also say "He has &lt;i&gt;lain&lt;/i&gt; on the bed."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can say "I lay myself down." "He laid himself down" and such&lt;br /&gt;
expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is imperative to remember in using these verbs that to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;lay&lt;/i&gt; means &lt;i&gt;to do&lt;/i&gt; something, and to lie means &lt;i&gt;to be&lt;br /&gt;
in a state of rest&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;SAYS I—I SAID&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;"Says I"&lt;/i&gt; is a vulgarism; don't use it. "I said" is&lt;br /&gt;
correct form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;IN—INTO&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful to distinguish the meaning of these two little&lt;br /&gt;
prepositions and don't interchange them. Don't say "He went&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;in&lt;/i&gt; the room" nor "My brother is &lt;i&gt;into&lt;/i&gt; the navy."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;In&lt;/i&gt; denotes the place where a person or thing, whether at&lt;br /&gt;
rest or in motion, is present; and &lt;i&gt;into&lt;/i&gt; denotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;entrance&lt;/i&gt;. "He went &lt;i&gt;into&lt;/i&gt; the room;" "My brother is&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;in&lt;/i&gt; the navy" are correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;EAT—ATE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Don't confound the two. &lt;i&gt;Eat&lt;/i&gt; is present, &lt;i&gt;ate&lt;/i&gt; is&lt;br /&gt;
past. "I &lt;i&gt;eat&lt;/i&gt; the bread" means that I am continuing the&lt;br /&gt;
eating; "I &lt;i&gt;ate&lt;/i&gt; the bread" means that the act of eating is&lt;br /&gt;
past. &lt;i&gt;Eaten&lt;/i&gt; is the perfect participle, but often &lt;i&gt;eat&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is used instead, and as it has the same pronunciation (et) of&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;ate&lt;/i&gt;, care should be taken to distinguish the past tense, I&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;ate&lt;/i&gt; from the perfect &lt;i&gt;I have eaten&lt;/i&gt; (&lt;i&gt;eat&lt;/i&gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;SEQUENCE OF PERSON&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remember that the &lt;i&gt;first&lt;/i&gt; person takes precedence of the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;second&lt;/i&gt; and the &lt;i&gt;second&lt;/i&gt; takes precedence of the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;third&lt;/i&gt;. When Cardinal Wolsey said &lt;i&gt;Ego et Rex&lt;/i&gt; (I and&lt;br /&gt;
the King), he showed he was a good grammarian, but a bad&lt;br /&gt;
courtier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;AM COME—HAVE COME&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
"&lt;i&gt;I am come&lt;/i&gt;" points to my being here, while "I have come"&lt;br /&gt;
intimates that I have just arrived. When the subject is not a&lt;br /&gt;
person, the verb &lt;i&gt;to be&lt;/i&gt; should be used in preference to the&lt;br /&gt;
verb &lt;i&gt;to have&lt;/i&gt;; as, "The box is come" instead of "The box has&lt;br /&gt;
come."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;PAST TENSE—PAST PARTICIPLE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The interchange of these two parts of the irregular or so-called&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;strong&lt;/i&gt; verbs is, perhaps, the breach oftenest committed by&lt;br /&gt;
careless speakers and writers. To avoid mistakes it is requisite to&lt;br /&gt;
know the principal parts of these verbs, and this knowledge is very&lt;br /&gt;
easy of acquirement, as there are not more than a couple of hundred&lt;br /&gt;
of such verbs, and of this number but a small part is in daily use.&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some of the most common blunders: "I seen" for "I saw;" "I&lt;br /&gt;
done it" for "I did it;" "I drunk" for "I drank;" "I begun" for "I&lt;br /&gt;
began;" "I rung" for "I rang;" "I run" for "I ran;" "I sung" for "I&lt;br /&gt;
sang;" "I have chose" for "I have chosen;" "I have drove" for "I&lt;br /&gt;
have driven;" "I have wore" for "I have worn;" "I have trod" for "I&lt;br /&gt;
have trodden;" "I have shook" for "I have shaken;" "I have fell"&lt;br /&gt;
for "I have fallen;" "I have drank" for "I have drunk;" "I have&lt;br /&gt;
began" for "I have begun;" "I have rang" for "I have rung;" "I have&lt;br /&gt;
rose" for "I have risen;" "I have spoke" for "I have spoken;" "I&lt;br /&gt;
have broke" for "I have broken." "It has froze" for "It has&lt;br /&gt;
frozen." "It has blowed" for "It has blown." "It has flowed" (of a&lt;br /&gt;
bird) for "It has flown."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
N. B.—The past tense and past participle of &lt;i&gt;To Hang&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is &lt;i&gt;hanged&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;hung&lt;/i&gt;. When you are talking about a man&lt;br /&gt;
meeting death on the gallows, say "He was hanged"; when you are&lt;br /&gt;
talking about the carcass of an animal say, "It was hung," as "The&lt;br /&gt;
beef was hung dry." Also say your coat "&lt;i&gt;was&lt;/i&gt; hung on a&lt;br /&gt;
hook."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;PREPOSITIONS AND THE OBJECTIVE CASE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Don't forget that prepositions always take the objective case.&lt;br /&gt;
Don't say "Between you and &lt;i&gt;I&lt;/i&gt;"; say "Between you and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;me&lt;/i&gt;"&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Two&lt;/i&gt; prepositions should not govern &lt;i&gt;one objective&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
unless there is an immediate connection between them. "He was&lt;br /&gt;
refused admission to and forcibly ejected from the school" should&lt;br /&gt;
be "He was refused admission to the school and forcibly ejected&lt;br /&gt;
from it."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;SUMMON—SUMMONS&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Don't say "I shall summons him," but "I shall summon him."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Summon&lt;/i&gt; is a verb, &lt;i&gt;summons&lt;/i&gt;, a noun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is correct to say "I shall get a &lt;i&gt;summons&lt;/i&gt; for him," not&lt;br /&gt;
a &lt;i&gt;summon&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;UNDENIABLE—UNEXCEPTIONABLE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
"My brother has an undeniable character" is wrong if I wish to&lt;br /&gt;
convey the idea that he has a good character. The expression should&lt;br /&gt;
be in that case "My brother has an unexceptionable character." An&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;undeniable&lt;/i&gt; character is a character that cannot be denied,&lt;br /&gt;
whether bad or good. An unexceptionable character is one to which&lt;br /&gt;
no one can take exception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;THE PRONOUNS&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Very many mistakes occur in the use of the pronouns. "Let you&lt;br /&gt;
and I go" should be "Let you and &lt;i&gt;me&lt;/i&gt; go." "Let them and we&lt;br /&gt;
go" should be "Let them and us go." The verb let is transitive and&lt;br /&gt;
therefore takes the objective case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Give me &lt;i&gt;them&lt;/i&gt; flowers" should be "Give me &lt;i&gt;those&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
flowers"; "I mean &lt;i&gt;them&lt;/i&gt; three" should be "I mean those&lt;br /&gt;
three." Them is the objective case of the personal pronoun and&lt;br /&gt;
cannot be used adjectively like the demonstrative adjective&lt;br /&gt;
pronoun. "I am as strong as &lt;i&gt;him&lt;/i&gt;" should be "I am as strong&lt;br /&gt;
as &lt;i&gt;he&lt;/i&gt;"; "I am younger than &lt;i&gt;her&lt;/i&gt;" should be "I am&lt;br /&gt;
younger than &lt;i&gt;she&lt;/i&gt;;" "He can write better than &lt;i&gt;me&lt;/i&gt;"&lt;br /&gt;
should be "He can write better than I," for in these examples the&lt;br /&gt;
objective cases &lt;i&gt;him&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;her&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;me&lt;/i&gt; are used&lt;br /&gt;
wrongfully for the nominatives. After each of the misapplied&lt;br /&gt;
pronouns a verb is understood of which each pronoun is the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, "I am as strong as he (is)." "I am younger than she (is)." "He&lt;br /&gt;
can write better than I (can)."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don't say "&lt;i&gt;It is me&lt;/i&gt;;" say "&lt;i&gt;It is I&lt;/i&gt;" The verb &lt;i&gt;To&lt;br /&gt;
Be&lt;/i&gt; of which is is a part takes the same case after it that it&lt;br /&gt;
has before it. This holds good in all situations as well as with&lt;br /&gt;
pronouns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &lt;i&gt;To Be&lt;/i&gt; also requires the pronouns joined to it to&lt;br /&gt;
be in the same case as a pronoun asking a question; The nominative&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;I&lt;/i&gt; requires the nominative &lt;i&gt;who&lt;/i&gt; and the objectives&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;me&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;him&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;her&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;its&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;you&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;them&lt;/i&gt;, require the objective &lt;i&gt;whom&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"&lt;i&gt;Whom&lt;/i&gt; do you think I am?" should be "&lt;i&gt;Who&lt;/i&gt; do you&lt;br /&gt;
think I am?" and "&lt;i&gt;Who&lt;/i&gt; do they suppose me to be?" should be&lt;br /&gt;
"&lt;i&gt;Whom&lt;/i&gt; do they suppose me to be?" The objective form of the&lt;br /&gt;
Relative should be always used, in connection with a preposition.&lt;br /&gt;
"Who do you take me for?" should be "&lt;i&gt;Whom&lt;/i&gt; do, etc." "Who did&lt;br /&gt;
you give the apple to?" should be "Whom did you give the apple to,"&lt;br /&gt;
but as pointed out elsewhere the preposition should never end a&lt;br /&gt;
sentence, therefore, it is better to say, "To whom did you give the&lt;br /&gt;
apple?"&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After transitive verbs always use the objective cases of the&lt;br /&gt;
pronouns. For "&lt;i&gt;He&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;they&lt;/i&gt; we have seen," say&lt;br /&gt;
"&lt;i&gt;Him&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;them&lt;/i&gt; we have seen."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;THAT FOR SO&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
"The hurt it was that painful it made him cry," say "so&lt;br /&gt;
painful."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;THESE—THOSE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Don't say, &lt;i&gt;These kind; those sort&lt;/i&gt;. &lt;i&gt;Kind&lt;/i&gt; and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;sort&lt;/i&gt; are each singular and require the singular pronouns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;this&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;that&lt;/i&gt;. In connection with these demonstrative&lt;br /&gt;
adjective pronouns remember that &lt;i&gt;this&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;these&lt;/i&gt; refer&lt;br /&gt;
to what is near at hand, &lt;i&gt;that&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;those&lt;/i&gt; to what is&lt;br /&gt;
more distant; as, &lt;i&gt;this book&lt;/i&gt; (near me), &lt;i&gt;that book&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(over there), &lt;i&gt;these&lt;/i&gt; boys (near), &lt;i&gt;those&lt;/i&gt; boys (at a&lt;br /&gt;
distance).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;THIS MUCH—THUS MUCH&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
"&lt;i&gt;This&lt;/i&gt; much is certain" should be "&lt;i&gt;Thus&lt;/i&gt; much or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;so&lt;/i&gt; much is certain."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;FLEE—FLY&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are two separate verbs and must not be interchanged. The&lt;br /&gt;
principal parts of &lt;i&gt;flee&lt;/i&gt; are &lt;i&gt;flee&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;fled&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;fled&lt;/i&gt;; those of &lt;i&gt;fly&lt;/i&gt; are &lt;i&gt;fly&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;flew&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;flown&lt;/i&gt;. &lt;i&gt;To flee&lt;/i&gt; is generally used in the meaning of&lt;br /&gt;
getting out of danger. &lt;i&gt;To fly&lt;/i&gt; means to soar as a bird. To&lt;br /&gt;
say of a man "He &lt;i&gt;has flown&lt;/i&gt; from the place" is wrong; it&lt;br /&gt;
should be "He &lt;i&gt;has fled&lt;/i&gt; from the place." We can say with&lt;br /&gt;
propriety that "A bird has &lt;i&gt;flown&lt;/i&gt; from the place."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;THROUGH—THROUGHOUT&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Don't say "He is well known through the land," but "He is well&lt;br /&gt;
known throughout the land."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;VOCATION AND AVOCATION&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Don't mistake these two words so nearly alike. Vocation is the&lt;br /&gt;
employment, business or profession one follows for a living;&lt;br /&gt;
avocation is some pursuit or occupation which diverts the person&lt;br /&gt;
from such employment, business or profession. Thus&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"His vocation was the law, his avocation, farming."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;WAS—WERE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the subjunctive mood the plural form &lt;i&gt;were&lt;/i&gt; should be&lt;br /&gt;
used with a singular subject; as, "If I &lt;i&gt;were,&lt;/i&gt;" not&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;was&lt;/i&gt;. Remember the plural form of the personal pronoun&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;you&lt;/i&gt; always takes &lt;i&gt;were&lt;/i&gt;, though it may denote but one.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, "&lt;i&gt;You were,&lt;/i&gt;" never "&lt;i&gt;you was.&lt;/i&gt;" "&lt;i&gt;If I was&lt;br /&gt;
him&lt;/i&gt;" is a very common expression. Note the two mistakes in&lt;br /&gt;
it,—that of the verb implying a condition, and that of the&lt;br /&gt;
objective case of the pronoun. It should read &lt;i&gt;If I were he&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
This is another illustration of the rule regarding the verb &lt;i&gt;To&lt;br /&gt;
Be&lt;/i&gt;, taking the same case after it as before it; &lt;i&gt;were&lt;/i&gt; is&lt;br /&gt;
part of the verb &lt;i&gt;To Be&lt;/i&gt;, therefore as the nominative (I) goes&lt;br /&gt;
before it, the nominative (he) should come after it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;A OR AN&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;A&lt;/i&gt; becomes an before a vowel or before &lt;i&gt;h&lt;/i&gt; mute for&lt;br /&gt;
the sake of euphony or agreeable sound to the ear. &lt;i&gt;An apple&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;an orange&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;an heir&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;an honor&lt;/i&gt;, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/center&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!--
google_ad_client = "pub-9096640032113380";
//feeds_468x60, created 1/28/08
google_ad_slot = "7102324723";
google_ad_width = 468;
google_ad_height = 60;
//--&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;script type="text/javascript"
src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;
&lt;/script&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4738678906894242794-7598903248368598436?l=speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/7598903248368598436/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4738678906894242794&amp;postID=7598903248368598436" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/7598903248368598436?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/7598903248368598436?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly/~3/neQbh9dw714/chapter-viii-pitfalls-to-avoid.html" title="Chapter VIII: Pitfalls to Avoid" /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/2011/02/chapter-viii-pitfalls-to-avoid.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;Ck4FR3gzfCp7ImA9Wx9TGE0.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794.post-6064542155929710252</id><published>2010-11-26T11:48:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-26T11:48:36.684-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-11-26T11:48:36.684-08:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="errors" /><title>Chapter VII: Errors</title><content type="html">&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=1442128887&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h2 id="CHAPTER_VII"&gt;CHAPTER VII&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;ERRORS&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Mistakes—Slips of Authors—Examples and&lt;br /&gt;
Corrections—Errors of Redundancy.&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the following examples the word or words in parentheses are&lt;br /&gt;
uncalled for and should be omitted:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the glass (full).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
They appeared to be talking (together) on private&lt;br /&gt;
affairs.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I saw the boy and his sister (both) in the garden.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
He went into the country last week and returned (back)&lt;br /&gt;
yesterday.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The subject (matter) of his discourse was excellent.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You need not wonder that the (subject) matter of his discourse&lt;br /&gt;
was excellent; it was taken from the Bible.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
They followed (after) him, but could not overtake him.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The same sentiments may be found throughout (the whole of) the&lt;br /&gt;
book.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I was very ill every day (of my life) last week.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
That was the (sum and) substance of his discourse.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
He took wine and water and mixed them (both) together.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
He descended (down) the steps to the cellar.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
He fell (down) from the top of the house.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I hope you will return (again) soon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The things he took away he restored (again).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The thief who stole my watch was compelled to restore it (back&lt;br /&gt;
again).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is equally (the same) to me whether I have it today or&lt;br /&gt;
tomorrow.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
She said, (says she) the report is false; and he replied, (says&lt;br /&gt;
he) if it be not correct I have been misinformed.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I took my place in the cars (for) to go to New York.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
They need not (to) call upon him.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing (else) but that would satisfy him.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever I ride in the cars I (always) find it prejudicial to my&lt;br /&gt;
health.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
He was the first (of all) at the meeting.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
He was the tallest of (all) the brothers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You are the tallest of (all) your family.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever I pass the house he is (always) at the door.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The rain has penetrated (through) the roof.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Besides my uncle and aunt there was (also) my grandfather at the&lt;br /&gt;
church.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It should (ever) be your constant endeavor to please your&lt;br /&gt;
family.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If it is true as you have heard (then) his situation is indeed&lt;br /&gt;
pitiful.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Either this (here) man or that (there) woman has (got)&lt;br /&gt;
it.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Where is the fire (at)?&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Did you sleep in church? Not that I know (of).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I never before (in my life) met (with) such a stupid&lt;br /&gt;
man.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(For) why did he postpone it?&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Because (why) he could not attend.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
What age is he? (Why) I don't know.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
He called on me (for) to ask my opinion.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I don't know where I am (at).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I looked in (at) the window.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I passed (by) the house.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
He (always) came every Sunday.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, (also) we wish to say he was in error.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is not long (ago) since he was here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two men went into the wood (in order) to cut (down)&lt;br /&gt;
trees.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Further examples of redundancy might be multiplied. It is very&lt;br /&gt;
common in newspaper writing where not alone single words but entire&lt;br /&gt;
phrases are sometimes brought in, which are unnecessary to the&lt;br /&gt;
sense or explanation of what is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;GRAMMATICAL ERRORS OF STANDARD AUTHORS&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Even the best speakers and writers are sometimes caught napping.&lt;br /&gt;
Many of our standard authors to whom we have been accustomed to&lt;br /&gt;
look up as infallible have sinned more or less against the&lt;br /&gt;
fundamental principles of grammar by breaking the rules regarding&lt;br /&gt;
one or more of the nine parts of speech. In fact some of them have&lt;br /&gt;
recklessly trespassed against all nine, and still they sit on their&lt;br /&gt;
pedestals of fame for the admiration of the crowd. Macaulay&lt;br /&gt;
mistreated the article. He wrote,—"That &lt;i&gt;a&lt;/i&gt; historian&lt;br /&gt;
should not record trifles is perfectly true." He should have used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;an&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dickens also used the article incorrectly. He refers to&lt;br /&gt;
"Robinson Crusoe" as "&lt;i&gt;an&lt;/i&gt; universally popular book," instead&lt;br /&gt;
of &lt;i&gt;a&lt;/i&gt; universally popular book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between nouns and pronouns has always been a&lt;br /&gt;
stumbling block to speakers and writers. Hallam in his&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Literature of Europe&lt;/i&gt; writes, "No one as yet had exhibited&lt;br /&gt;
the structure of the human kidneys, Vesalius having only examined&lt;br /&gt;
them in dogs." This means that Vesalius examined human kidneys in&lt;br /&gt;
dogs. The sentence should have been, "No one had as yet exhibited&lt;br /&gt;
the kidneys in human beings, Vesalius having examined such organs&lt;br /&gt;
in dogs only."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sir Arthur Helps in writing of Dickens, states—"I knew a&lt;br /&gt;
brother author of his who received such criticisms from him&lt;br /&gt;
(Dickens) very lately and profited by &lt;i&gt;it&lt;/i&gt;." Instead of&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;it&lt;/i&gt; the word should be &lt;i&gt;them&lt;/i&gt; to agree with&lt;br /&gt;
criticisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few other pronominal errors from leading authors:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Sir Thomas Moore in general so writes it, although not many&lt;br /&gt;
others so late as &lt;i&gt;him&lt;/i&gt;." Should be &lt;i&gt;he&lt;/i&gt;.—Trench's&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;English Past and Present&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"What should we gain by it but that we should speedily become as&lt;br /&gt;
poor as &lt;i&gt;them&lt;/i&gt;." Should be &lt;i&gt;they&lt;/i&gt;.—Alison's&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Essay on Macaulay&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"If the king gives us leave you or I may as lawfully preach, as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;them&lt;/i&gt; that do." Should be &lt;i&gt;they&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;those&lt;/i&gt;, the&lt;br /&gt;
latter having persons understood.—Hobbes's &lt;i&gt;History of&lt;br /&gt;
Civil Wars&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"The drift of all his sermons was, to prepare the Jews for the&lt;br /&gt;
reception of a prophet, mightier than &lt;i&gt;him&lt;/i&gt;, and whose shoes&lt;br /&gt;
he was not worthy to bear." Should be than&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;he&lt;/i&gt;.—Atterbury's &lt;i&gt;Sermons&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Phalaris, who was so much older than &lt;i&gt;her&lt;/i&gt;." Should be&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;she&lt;/i&gt;.—Bentley's &lt;i&gt;Dissertation on Phalaris&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"King Charles, and more than &lt;i&gt;him&lt;/i&gt;, the duke and the Popish&lt;br /&gt;
faction were at liberty to form new schemes." Should be than&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;he&lt;/i&gt;.—Bolingbroke's &lt;i&gt;Dissertations on Parties&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"We contributed a third more than the Dutch, who were obliged to&lt;br /&gt;
the same proportion more than &lt;i&gt;us&lt;/i&gt;." Should be than&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;we&lt;/i&gt;.—Swift's &lt;i&gt;Conduct of the Allies&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In all the above examples the objective cases of the pronouns&lt;br /&gt;
have been used while the construction calls for nominative&lt;br /&gt;
cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Let &lt;i&gt;thou&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;I&lt;/i&gt; the battle&lt;br /&gt;
try"—&lt;i&gt;Anon&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here &lt;i&gt;let&lt;/i&gt; is the governing verb and requires an objective&lt;br /&gt;
case after it; therefore instead of &lt;i&gt;thou&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;I&lt;/i&gt;, the&lt;br /&gt;
words should be &lt;i&gt;you&lt;/i&gt; (&lt;i&gt;sing&lt;/i&gt;.) and &lt;i&gt;me&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Forever in this humble cell, Let thee and I, my fair one,&lt;br /&gt;
dwell"—&lt;i&gt;Prior&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here &lt;i&gt;thee&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;I&lt;/i&gt; should be the objectives&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;you&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;me&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the relative pronoun trips the greatest number of&lt;br /&gt;
authors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even in the Bible we find the relative wrongly translated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whom do men say that I am?—&lt;i&gt;St. Matthew&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whom think ye that I am?—&lt;i&gt;Acts of the Apostles&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Who&lt;/i&gt; should be written in both cases because the word is&lt;br /&gt;
not in the objective governed by say or think, but in the&lt;br /&gt;
nominative dependent on the verb &lt;i&gt;am&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"&lt;i&gt;Who&lt;/i&gt; should I meet at the coffee house t'other night, but&lt;br /&gt;
my old friend?"—&lt;i&gt;Steele&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"It is another pattern of this answerer's fair dealing, to give&lt;br /&gt;
us hints that the author is dead, and yet lay the suspicion upon&lt;br /&gt;
somebody, I know not &lt;i&gt;who&lt;/i&gt;, in the country."—Swift's&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Tale of a Tub&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"My son is going to be married to I don't know &lt;i&gt;who&lt;/i&gt;."&lt;br /&gt;
—Goldsmith's &lt;i&gt;Good-natured Man&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nominative &lt;i&gt;who&lt;/i&gt; in the above examples should be the&lt;br /&gt;
objective &lt;i&gt;whom&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plural nominative &lt;i&gt;ye&lt;/i&gt; of the pronoun &lt;i&gt;thou&lt;/i&gt; is&lt;br /&gt;
very often used for the objective &lt;i&gt;you&lt;/i&gt;, as in the&lt;br /&gt;
following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"His wrath which will one day destroy &lt;i&gt;ye both&lt;/i&gt;."&lt;br /&gt;
—&lt;i&gt;Milton&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"The more shame for &lt;i&gt;ye&lt;/i&gt;; holy men I thought&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;ye&lt;/i&gt;."—&lt;i&gt;Shakespeare&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"I feel the gales that from &lt;i&gt;ye&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
blow."—&lt;i&gt;Gray&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Tyrants dread &lt;i&gt;ye&lt;/i&gt;, lest your just decree Transfer the&lt;br /&gt;
power and set the people free."—&lt;i&gt;Prior&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the great writers have played havoc with the adjective&lt;br /&gt;
in the indiscriminate use of the degrees of comparison.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Of two forms of the same word, use the&lt;br /&gt;
fittest."—&lt;i&gt;Morell&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author here in &lt;i&gt;trying&lt;/i&gt; to give good advice sets a bad&lt;br /&gt;
example. He should have used the comparative degree, "Fitter."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives which have a comparative or superlative signification&lt;br /&gt;
do not admit the addition of the words &lt;i&gt;more&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;most&lt;/i&gt;, or&lt;br /&gt;
the terminations, &lt;i&gt;er&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;est&lt;/i&gt;, hence the following&lt;br /&gt;
examples break this rule:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Money is the &lt;i&gt;most universal&lt;/i&gt; incitement of human&lt;br /&gt;
misery."—Gibbon's &lt;i&gt;Decline and Fall&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"The &lt;i&gt;chiefest&lt;/i&gt; of which was known by the name of Archon&lt;br /&gt;
among the Grecians."—Dryden's &lt;i&gt;Life of Plutarch&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"The &lt;i&gt;chiefest&lt;/i&gt; and largest are removed to certain&lt;br /&gt;
magazines they call libraries."—Swift's &lt;i&gt;Battle of the&lt;br /&gt;
Books&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two &lt;i&gt;chiefest&lt;/i&gt; properties of air, its gravity and&lt;br /&gt;
elastic force, have been discovered by mechanical&lt;br /&gt;
experiments.—&lt;i&gt;Arbuthno&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"From these various causes, which in greater or &lt;i&gt;lesser&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
degree, affected every individual in the colony, the indignation of&lt;br /&gt;
the people became general."—Robertson's &lt;i&gt;History of&lt;br /&gt;
America&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"The &lt;i&gt;extremest&lt;/i&gt; parts of the earth were meditating a&lt;br /&gt;
submission."—Atterbury's &lt;i&gt;Sermons&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"The last are indeed &lt;i&gt;more preferable&lt;/i&gt; because they are&lt;br /&gt;
founded on some new knowledge or improvement in the mind of&lt;br /&gt;
man."—Addison, &lt;i&gt;Spectator&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"This was in reality the &lt;i&gt;easiest&lt;/i&gt; manner of the&lt;br /&gt;
two."—Shaftesbury's &lt;i&gt;Advice to an Author&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"In every well formed mind this second desire seems to be the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;strongest&lt;/i&gt; of the two."—Smith's &lt;i&gt;Theory of Moral&lt;br /&gt;
Sentiments&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these examples the superlative is wrongly used for the&lt;br /&gt;
comparative. When only two objects are compared the comparative&lt;br /&gt;
form must be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of impossibility there are no degrees of comparison, yet we find&lt;br /&gt;
the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"As it was impossible they should know the words, thoughts and&lt;br /&gt;
secret actions of all men, so it was &lt;i&gt;more impossible&lt;/i&gt; they&lt;br /&gt;
should pass judgment on them according to these&lt;br /&gt;
things."—Whitby's &lt;i&gt;Necessity of the Christian&lt;br /&gt;
Religion&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of authors employ adjectives for adverbs. Thus we&lt;br /&gt;
find:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"I shall endeavor to live hereafter &lt;i&gt;suitable&lt;/i&gt; to a man in&lt;br /&gt;
my station."—&lt;i&gt;Addison&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"I can never think so very &lt;i&gt;mean&lt;/i&gt; of him."—Bentley's&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Dissertation on Phalaris&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"His expectations run high and the fund to supply them is&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;extreme&lt;/i&gt; scanty,—&lt;i&gt;Lancaster's Essay on&lt;br /&gt;
Delicacy&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The commonest error in the use of the verb is the disregard of&lt;br /&gt;
the concord between the verb and its subject. This occurs most&lt;br /&gt;
frequently when the subject and the verb are widely separated,&lt;br /&gt;
especially if some other noun of a different number immediately&lt;br /&gt;
precedes the verb. False concords occur very often after&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;either&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;or&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;neither&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;nor&lt;/i&gt;, and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;much&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;more&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;many&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;everyone&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;each&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few authors' slips:—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"The terms in which the sale of a patent &lt;i&gt;were&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
communicated to the public."—Junius's &lt;i&gt;Letters&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"The richness of her arms and apparel &lt;i&gt;were&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
conspicuous."—Gibbon's &lt;i&gt;Decline and Fall&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Everyone of this grotesque family &lt;i&gt;were&lt;/i&gt; the creatures of&lt;br /&gt;
national genius."—D'Israeli.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"He knows not what spleen, languor or listlessness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;are&lt;/i&gt;."—Blair's &lt;i&gt;Sermons&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Each of these words &lt;i&gt;imply&lt;/i&gt;, some pursuit or object&lt;br /&gt;
relinquished."—&lt;i&gt;Ibid&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Magnus, with four thousand of his supposed accomplices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;were&lt;/i&gt; put to death."—&lt;i&gt;Gibbon&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"No nation gives greater encouragements to learning than we do;&lt;br /&gt;
yet at the same time &lt;i&gt;none are&lt;/i&gt; so injudicious in the&lt;br /&gt;
application."—&lt;i&gt;Goldsmith&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"&lt;i&gt;There's two&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;three&lt;/i&gt; of us have seen strange&lt;br /&gt;
sights."—&lt;i&gt;Shakespeare&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The past participle should not be used for the past tense, yet&lt;br /&gt;
the learned Byron overlooked this fact. He thus writes in the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Lament of Tasso&lt;/i&gt;:—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"And with my years my soul &lt;i&gt;begun to pant&lt;/i&gt; With feelings of&lt;br /&gt;
strange tumult and soft pain."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is another example from Savage's &lt;i&gt;Wanderer&lt;/i&gt; in which&lt;br /&gt;
there is double sinning:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"From liberty each nobler science &lt;i&gt;sprung&lt;/i&gt;, A Bacon&lt;br /&gt;
brighten'd and a Spenser &lt;i&gt;sung&lt;/i&gt;."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other breaches in regard to the participles occur in the&lt;br /&gt;
following:—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Every book ought to be read with the same spirit and in the&lt;br /&gt;
same manner as it is &lt;i&gt;writ&lt;/i&gt;"—Fielding's &lt;i&gt;Tom&lt;br /&gt;
Jones&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"The Court of Augustus had not &lt;i&gt;wore&lt;/i&gt; off the manners of&lt;br /&gt;
the republic "—Hume's &lt;i&gt;Essays&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Moses tells us that the fountains of the earth were &lt;i&gt;broke&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open or clove asunder."—Burnet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"A free constitution when it has been &lt;i&gt;shook&lt;/i&gt; by the&lt;br /&gt;
iniquity of former administrations."—&lt;i&gt;Bolingbroke&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"In this respect the seeds of future divisions were &lt;i&gt;sowed&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
abundantly."—&lt;i&gt;Ibid&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following example the present participle is used for the&lt;br /&gt;
infinitive mood:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"It is easy &lt;i&gt;distinguishing&lt;/i&gt; the rude fragment of a rock&lt;br /&gt;
from the splinter of a statue."—Gilfillan's &lt;i&gt;Literary&lt;br /&gt;
Portraits&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Distinguishing&lt;/i&gt; here should be replaced by &lt;i&gt;to&lt;br /&gt;
distinguish&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rules regarding &lt;i&gt;shall&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;will&lt;/i&gt; are violated in&lt;br /&gt;
the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"If we look within the rough and awkward outside, we &lt;i&gt;will&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
be richly rewarded by its perusal."—Gilfillan's &lt;i&gt;Literary&lt;br /&gt;
Portraits&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"If I &lt;i&gt;should&lt;/i&gt; declare them and speak of them, they should&lt;br /&gt;
be more than I am able to express."—&lt;i&gt;Prayer Book Revision&lt;br /&gt;
of Psalms XI&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"If I &lt;i&gt;would&lt;/i&gt; declare them and speak of them, they are more&lt;br /&gt;
than can be numbered."—&lt;i&gt;Ibid&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Without having attended to this, we &lt;i&gt;will&lt;/i&gt; be at a loss,&lt;br /&gt;
in understanding several passages in the classics."—Blair's&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Lectures&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"We know to what cause our past reverses have been owing and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;we&lt;/i&gt; will have ourselves to blame, if they are again&lt;br /&gt;
incurred."—Alison's &lt;i&gt;History of Europe&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbial mistakes often occur in the best writers. The adverb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;rather&lt;/i&gt; is a word very frequently misplaced. Archbishop&lt;br /&gt;
Trench in his "English Past and Present" writes, "It &lt;i&gt;rather&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
modified the structure of our sentences than the elements of our&lt;br /&gt;
vocabulary." This should have been written,—"It modified the&lt;br /&gt;
structure of our sentences &lt;i&gt;rather than&lt;/i&gt; the elements of our&lt;br /&gt;
vocabulary."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"So far as his mode of teaching goes he is &lt;i&gt;rather&lt;/i&gt; a&lt;br /&gt;
disciple of Socrates than of St. Paul or Wesley." Thus writes&lt;br /&gt;
Leslie Stephens of Dr. Johnson. He should have written,—" So&lt;br /&gt;
far as his mode of teaching goes he is a disciple of Socrates&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;rather&lt;/i&gt; than of St. Paul or Wesley."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The preposition is a part of speech which is often wrongly used&lt;br /&gt;
by some of the best writers. Certain nouns, adjectives and verbs&lt;br /&gt;
require particular prepositions after them, for instance, the word&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;different&lt;/i&gt; always takes the preposition &lt;i&gt;from&lt;/i&gt; after it;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;prevail&lt;/i&gt; takes &lt;i&gt;upon&lt;/i&gt;; &lt;i&gt;averse&lt;/i&gt; takes &lt;i&gt;to&lt;/i&gt;;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;accord&lt;/i&gt; takes &lt;i&gt;with&lt;/i&gt;, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following examples the prepositions in parentheses are&lt;br /&gt;
the ones that should have been used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"He found the greatest difficulty &lt;i&gt;of&lt;/i&gt; (in)&lt;br /&gt;
writing."—Hume's &lt;i&gt;History of England&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"If policy can prevail &lt;i&gt;upon&lt;/i&gt; (over)&lt;br /&gt;
force."—&lt;i&gt;Addison&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"He made the discovery and communicated &lt;i&gt;to&lt;/i&gt; (with) his&lt;br /&gt;
friends."—Swift's &lt;i&gt;Tale of a Tub&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Every office of command should be intrusted to persons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;on&lt;/i&gt; (in) whom the parliament shall&lt;br /&gt;
confide."—&lt;i&gt;Macaulay&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several of the most celebrated writers infringe the canons of&lt;br /&gt;
style by placing prepositions at the end of sentences. For instance&lt;br /&gt;
Carlyle, in referring to the Study of Burns, writes:—"Our own&lt;br /&gt;
contributions to it, we are aware, can be but scanty and feeble;&lt;br /&gt;
but we offer them with good will, and trust they may meet with&lt;br /&gt;
acceptance from those they are intended &lt;i&gt;for&lt;/i&gt;."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—"for whom they are intended," he should have written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Most writers have some one vein which they peculiarly and&lt;br /&gt;
obviously excel &lt;i&gt;in&lt;/i&gt;."—&lt;i&gt;William Minto&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence should read,—Most writers have some one vein&lt;br /&gt;
in which they peculiarly and obviously excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many authors use redundant words which repeat the same thought&lt;br /&gt;
and idea. This is called tautology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Notwithstanding which (however) poor Polly embraced them all&lt;br /&gt;
around."—&lt;i&gt;Dickens&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"I judged that they would (mutually) find each&lt;br /&gt;
other."—&lt;i&gt;Crockett&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"....as having created a (joint) partnership between the two&lt;br /&gt;
Powers in the Morocco question."—&lt;i&gt;The Times&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"The only sensible position (there seems to be) is to frankly&lt;br /&gt;
acknowledge our ignorance of what lies beyond."—&lt;i&gt;Daily&lt;br /&gt;
Telegraph&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Lord Rosebery has not budged from his position—splendid,&lt;br /&gt;
no doubt,—of (lonely) isolation."—&lt;i&gt;The Times&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Miss Fox was (often) in the habit of assuring Mrs.&lt;br /&gt;
Chick."—&lt;i&gt;Dickens&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"The deck (it) was their field of&lt;br /&gt;
fame."—&lt;i&gt;Campbell&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"He had come up one morning, as was now (frequently) his&lt;br /&gt;
wont,"—&lt;i&gt;Trollope&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The counsellors of the Sultan (continue to) remain&lt;br /&gt;
sceptical—&lt;i&gt;The Times&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seriously, (and apart from jesting), this is no light&lt;br /&gt;
matter.—&lt;i&gt;Bagehot&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To go back to your own country with (the consciousness that you&lt;br /&gt;
go back with) the sense of duty well done.—&lt;i&gt;Lord&lt;br /&gt;
Halsbury&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &lt;i&gt;Peresviet&lt;/i&gt; lost both her fighting-tops and (in&lt;br /&gt;
appearance) looked the most damaged of all the ships—&lt;i&gt;The&lt;br /&gt;
Times&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Counsel admitted that, that was a fair suggestion to make, but&lt;br /&gt;
he submitted that it was borne out by the (surrounding)&lt;br /&gt;
circumstances.—&lt;i&gt;Ibid&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another unnecessary use of words and phrases is that which is&lt;br /&gt;
termed circumlocution, a going around the bush when there is no&lt;br /&gt;
occasion for it,—save to fill space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It may be likened to a person walking the distance of two sides&lt;br /&gt;
of a triangle to reach the objective point. For instance in the&lt;br /&gt;
quotation: "Pope professed to have learned his poetry from Dryden,&lt;br /&gt;
whom, whenever an opportunity was presented, he praised through the&lt;br /&gt;
whole period of his existence with unvaried liberality; and perhaps&lt;br /&gt;
his character may receive some illustration, of a comparison he&lt;br /&gt;
instituted between him and the man whose pupil he was" much of the&lt;br /&gt;
verbiage may be eliminated and the sentence thus condensed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"Pope professed himself the pupil of Dryden, whom he lost no&lt;br /&gt;
opportunity of praising; and his character may be illustrated by a&lt;br /&gt;
comparison with his master."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"His life was brought to a close in 1910 at an age not far from&lt;br /&gt;
the one fixed by the sacred writer as the term of human&lt;br /&gt;
existence."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This in brevity can be put, "His life was brought to a close at&lt;br /&gt;
the age of seventy;" or, better yet, "He died at the age of&lt;br /&gt;
seventy."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
"The day was intensely cold, so cold in fact that the&lt;br /&gt;
thermometer crept down to the zero mark," can be expressed: "The&lt;br /&gt;
day was so cold the thermometer registered zero."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many authors resort to circumlocution for the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
"padding," that is, filling space, or when they strike a snag in&lt;br /&gt;
writing upon subjects of which they know little or nothing. The&lt;br /&gt;
young writer should steer clear of it and learn to express his&lt;br /&gt;
thoughts and ideas as briefly as possible commensurate with&lt;br /&gt;
lucidity of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Volumes of errors in fact, in grammar, diction and general&lt;br /&gt;
style, could be selected from the works of the great writers, a&lt;br /&gt;
fact which eloquently testifies that no one is infallible and that&lt;br /&gt;
the very best is liable to err at times. However, most of the&lt;br /&gt;
erring in the case of these writers arises from carelessness or&lt;br /&gt;
hurry, not from a lack of knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a general rule it is in writing that the scholar is liable to&lt;br /&gt;
slip; in oral speech he seldom makes a blunder. In fact, there are&lt;br /&gt;
many people who are perfect masters of speech,—who never make&lt;br /&gt;
a blunder in conversation, yet who are ignorant of the very&lt;br /&gt;
principles of grammar and would not know how to write a sentence&lt;br /&gt;
correctly on paper. Such persons have been accustomed from infancy&lt;br /&gt;
to hear the language spoken correctly and so the use of the proper&lt;br /&gt;
words and forms becomes a second nature to them. A child can learn&lt;br /&gt;
what is right as easy as what is wrong and whatever impressions are&lt;br /&gt;
made on the mind when it is plastic will remain there. Even a&lt;br /&gt;
parrot can be taught the proper use of language. Repeat to a&lt;br /&gt;
parrot.—"Two and two &lt;i&gt;make&lt;/i&gt; four" and it never will say&lt;br /&gt;
"two and two &lt;i&gt;makes&lt;/i&gt; four."&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In writing, however, it is different. Without a knowledge of the&lt;br /&gt;
fundamentals of grammar we may be able to speak correctly from&lt;br /&gt;
association with good speakers, but without such a knowledge we&lt;br /&gt;
cannot hope to write the language correctly. To write even a common&lt;br /&gt;
letter we must know the principles of construction, the&lt;br /&gt;
relationship of one word to another. Therefore, it is necessary for&lt;br /&gt;
everybody to understand at least the essentials of the grammar of&lt;br /&gt;
his own language.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!--
google_ad_client = "pub-9096640032113380";
//feeds_468x60, created 1/28/08
google_ad_slot = "7102324723";
google_ad_width = 468;
google_ad_height = 60;
//--&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;script type="text/javascript"
src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;
&lt;/script&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4738678906894242794-6064542155929710252?l=speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/6064542155929710252/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4738678906894242794&amp;postID=6064542155929710252" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/6064542155929710252?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/6064542155929710252?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly/~3/eeB0Oh0MeEE/chapter-vii-errors.html" title="Chapter VII: Errors" /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/2010/11/chapter-vii-errors.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CkQMRHo9fCp7ImA9Wx9TGE0.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794.post-8981644545104358502</id><published>2010-11-26T11:39:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-26T11:39:45.464-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-11-26T11:39:45.464-08:00</app:edited><title>English For Vietnamese, Chinese and English Speakers</title><content type="html">&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=074352344X&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt; &lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=1438226128&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;iframe align="left" frameborder="0" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" scrolling="no" src="http://rcm.amazon.com/e/cm?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;p=8&amp;amp;l=bpl&amp;amp;asins=0743508009&amp;amp;fc1=000000&amp;amp;IS2=1&amp;amp;lt1=_blank&amp;amp;m=amazon&amp;amp;lc1=0000FF&amp;amp;bc1=000000&amp;amp;bg1=FFFFFF&amp;amp;f=ifr" style="height: 245px; padding-right: 10px; padding-top: 5px; width: 131px;"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/Conversations-Miguel-Maria-Children-Professional/dp/0201081474?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;link_code=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969" target="_blank"&gt;Conversations of Miguel and Maria: How Children Learn English As a Second Language (Second Language Professional Library)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;l=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=0201081474" style="border: medium none ! important; margin: 0px ! important; padding: 0px ! important;" width="1" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/Mr-K-s-open-door-english/dp/B0006XW3N8?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;tag=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;link_code=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969" target="_blank"&gt;Mr. K.'s open door to english: A textbook written and arranged to assist those who desire to learn english as a second language&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" height="1" src="http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=suwancshompag-20&amp;amp;l=btl&amp;amp;camp=213689&amp;amp;creative=392969&amp;amp;o=1&amp;amp;a=B0006XW3N8" style="border: medium none ! important; margin: 0px ! important; padding: 0px ! important;" width="1" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking for good book to practice your English? Here are some example of the best one.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!--
google_ad_client = "pub-9096640032113380";
//feeds_468x60, created 1/28/08
google_ad_slot = "7102324723";
google_ad_width = 468;
google_ad_height = 60;
//--&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;script type="text/javascript"
src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;
&lt;/script&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4738678906894242794-8981644545104358502?l=speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/8981644545104358502/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4738678906894242794&amp;postID=8981644545104358502" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/8981644545104358502?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/8981644545104358502?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly/~3/xAQOCUbhEUE/english-for-vietnamese-chinese-and.html" title="English For Vietnamese, Chinese and English Speakers" /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/2010/11/english-for-vietnamese-chinese-and.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CkIDQnYyfCp7ImA9WxZUEE8.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794.post-6778056417514019175</id><published>2008-03-21T20:32:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2008-03-31T20:29:33.894-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2008-03-31T20:29:33.894-07:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Choice of words" /><title>Chapter XIII: Choice of words</title><content type="html">&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2 id="CHAPTER_XIII"&gt;CHAPTER XIII&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;CHOICE OF WORDS&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Small Words—Their Importance—The Anglo-Saxon&lt;br /&gt;Element&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In another place in this book advice has been given to never use&lt;br /&gt;a long word when a short one will serve the same purpose. This&lt;br /&gt;advice is to be emphasized. Words of "learned length and thundering&lt;br /&gt;sound" should be avoided on all possible occasions. They proclaim&lt;br /&gt;shallowness of intellect and vanity of mind. The great purists, the&lt;br /&gt;masters of diction, the exemplars of style, used short, simple&lt;br /&gt;words that all could understand; words about which there could be&lt;br /&gt;no ambiguity as to meaning. It must be remembered that by our words&lt;br /&gt;we teach others; therefore, a very great responsibility rests upon&lt;br /&gt;us in regard to the use of a right language. We must take care that&lt;br /&gt;we think and speak in a way so clear that there may be no&lt;br /&gt;misapprehension or danger of conveying wrong impressions by vague&lt;br /&gt;and misty ideas enunciated in terms which are liable to be&lt;br /&gt;misunderstood by those whom we address. Words give a body or form&lt;br /&gt;to our ideas, without which they are apt to be so foggy that we do&lt;br /&gt;not see where they are weak or false. We must make the endeavor to&lt;br /&gt;employ such words as will put the idea we have in our own mind into&lt;br /&gt;the mind of another. This is the greatest art in the world—to&lt;br /&gt;clothe our ideas in words clear and comprehensive to the&lt;br /&gt;intelligence of others. It is the art which the teacher, the&lt;br /&gt;minister, the lawyer, the orator, the business man, must master if&lt;br /&gt;they would command success in their various fields of endeavor. It&lt;br /&gt;is very hard to convey an idea to, and impress it on, another when&lt;br /&gt;he has but a faint conception of the language in which the idea is&lt;br /&gt;expressed; but it is impossible to convey it at all when the words&lt;br /&gt;in which it is clothed are unintelligible to the listener.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;If we address an audience of ordinary men and women in the&lt;br /&gt;English language, but use such words as they cannot comprehend, we&lt;br /&gt;might as well speak to them in Coptic or Chinese, for they will&lt;br /&gt;derive no benefit from our address, inasmuch as the ideas we wish&lt;br /&gt;to convey are expressed in words which communicate no intelligent&lt;br /&gt;meaning to their minds.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Long words, learned words, words directly derived from other&lt;br /&gt;languages are only understood by those who have had the advantages&lt;br /&gt;of an extended education. All have not had such advantages. The&lt;br /&gt;great majority in this grand and glorious country of ours have to&lt;br /&gt;hustle for a living from an early age. Though education is free,&lt;br /&gt;and compulsory also, very many never get further than the "Three&lt;br /&gt;R's." These are the men with whom we have to deal most in the arena&lt;br /&gt;of life, the men with the horny palms and the iron muscles, the men&lt;br /&gt;who build our houses, construct our railroads, drive our street&lt;br /&gt;cars and trains, till our fields, harvest our crops—in a&lt;br /&gt;word, the men who form the foundation of all society, the men on&lt;br /&gt;whom the world depends to make its wheels go round. The language of&lt;br /&gt;the colleges and universities is not for them and they can get&lt;br /&gt;along very well without it; they have no need for it at all in&lt;br /&gt;their respective callings. The plain, simple words of everyday&lt;br /&gt;life, to which the common people have been used around their own&lt;br /&gt;firesides from childhood, are the words we must use in our dealings&lt;br /&gt;with them.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Such words are understood by them and understood by the learned&lt;br /&gt;as well; why then not use them universally and all the time? Why&lt;br /&gt;make a one-sided affair of language by using words which only one&lt;br /&gt;class of the people, the so-called learned class, can understand?&lt;br /&gt;Would it not be better to use, on all occasions, language which the&lt;br /&gt;both classes can understand? If we take the trouble to investigate&lt;br /&gt;we shall find that the men who exerted the greatest sway over the&lt;br /&gt;masses and the multitude as orators, lawyers, preachers and in&lt;br /&gt;other public capacities, were men who used very simple language.&lt;br /&gt;Daniel Webster was among the greatest orators this country has&lt;br /&gt;produced. He touched the hearts of senates and assemblages, of men&lt;br /&gt;and women with the burning eloquence of his words. He never used a&lt;br /&gt;long word when he could convey the same, or nearly the same,&lt;br /&gt;meaning with a short one. When he made a speech he always told&lt;br /&gt;those who put it in form for the press to strike out every long&lt;br /&gt;word. Study his speeches, go over all he ever said or wrote, and&lt;br /&gt;you will find that his language was always made up of short, clear,&lt;br /&gt;strong terms, although at times, for the sake of sound and&lt;br /&gt;oratorical effect, he was compelled to use a rather long word, but&lt;br /&gt;it was always against his inclination to do so, and where was the&lt;br /&gt;man who could paint, with words, as Webster painted! He could&lt;br /&gt;picture things in a way so clear that those who heard him felt that&lt;br /&gt;they had seen that of which he spoke.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Abraham Lincoln was another who stirred the souls of men, yet he&lt;br /&gt;was not an orator, not a scholar; he did not write M.A. or Ph.D.&lt;br /&gt;after his name, or any other college degree, for he had none. He&lt;br /&gt;graduated from the University of Hard Knocks, and he never forgot&lt;br /&gt;this severe &lt;i&gt;Alma Mater&lt;/i&gt; when he became President of the&lt;br /&gt;United States. He was just as plain, I just as humble, as in the&lt;br /&gt;days when he split rails or plied a boat on the Sangamon. He did&lt;br /&gt;not use big words, but he used the words of the people, and in such&lt;br /&gt;a way as to make them beautiful. His Gettysburg address is an&lt;br /&gt;English classic, one of the great masterpieces of the language.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;From the mere fact that a word is short it does not follow that&lt;br /&gt;it is always clear, but it is true that nearly all clear words are&lt;br /&gt;short, and that most of the long words, especially those which we&lt;br /&gt;get from other languages, are misunderstood to a great extent by&lt;br /&gt;the ordinary rank and file of the people. Indeed, it is to be&lt;br /&gt;doubted if some of the "scholars" using them, fully understand&lt;br /&gt;their import on occasions. A great many such words admit of several&lt;br /&gt;interpretations. A word has to be in use a great deal before people&lt;br /&gt;get thoroughly familiar with its meaning. Long words, not alone&lt;br /&gt;obscure thought and make the ideas hazy, but at times they tend to&lt;br /&gt;mix up things in such a way that positively harmful results follow&lt;br /&gt;from their use.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;For instance, crime can be so covered with the folds of long&lt;br /&gt;words as to give it a different appearance. Even the hideousness of&lt;br /&gt;sin can be cloaked with such words until its outlines look like a&lt;br /&gt;thing of beauty. When a bank cashier makes off with a hundred&lt;br /&gt;thousand dollars we politely term his crime &lt;i&gt;defalcation&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;instead of plain &lt;i&gt;theft&lt;/i&gt;, and instead of calling himself a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;thief&lt;/i&gt; we grandiosely allude to him as a &lt;i&gt;defaulter&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;When we see a wealthy man staggering along a fashionable&lt;br /&gt;thoroughfare under the influence of alcohol, waving his arms in the&lt;br /&gt;air and shouting boisterously, we smile and say, poor gentleman, he&lt;br /&gt;is somewhat &lt;i&gt;exhilarated;&lt;/i&gt; or at worst we say, he is slightly&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;inebriated&lt;/i&gt;; but when we see a poor man who has fallen from&lt;br /&gt;grace by putting an "enemy into his mouth to steal away his brain"&lt;br /&gt;we express our indignation in the simple language of the words:&lt;br /&gt;"Look at the wretch; he is dead drunk."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;When we find a person in downright lying we cover the falsehood&lt;br /&gt;with the finely-spun cloak of the word &lt;i&gt;prevarication&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;Shakespeare says, "a rose by any other name would smell as sweet,"&lt;br /&gt;and by a similar sequence, a lie, no matter by what name you may&lt;br /&gt;call it, is always a lie and should be condemned; then why not&lt;br /&gt;simply call it a lie? Mean what you say and say what you mean; call&lt;br /&gt;a spade a spade, it is the best term you can apply to the&lt;br /&gt;implement.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;When you try to use short words and shun long ones in a little&lt;br /&gt;while you will find that you can do so with ease. A farmer was&lt;br /&gt;showing a horse to a city-bred gentleman. The animal was led into a&lt;br /&gt;paddock in which an old sow-pig was rooting. "What a fine&lt;br /&gt;quadruped!" exclaimed the city man.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"Which of the two do you mean, the pig or the horse?" queried&lt;br /&gt;the farmer, "for, in my opinion, both of them are fine&lt;br /&gt;quadrupeds."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Of course the visitor meant the horse, so it would have been&lt;br /&gt;much better had he called the animal by its simple; ordinary&lt;br /&gt;name—, there would have been no room for ambiguity in his&lt;br /&gt;remark. He profited, however, by the incident, and never called a&lt;br /&gt;horse a quadruped again.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Most of the small words, the simple words, the beautiful words&lt;br /&gt;which express so much within small bounds belong to the pure&lt;br /&gt;Anglo-Saxon element of our language. This element has given names&lt;br /&gt;to the heavenly bodies, the sun, moon and stars; to three out of&lt;br /&gt;the four elements, earth, fire and water; three out of the four&lt;br /&gt;seasons, spring, summer and winter. Its simple words are applied to&lt;br /&gt;all the natural divisions of time, except one, as day, night,&lt;br /&gt;morning, evening, twilight, noon, mid-day, midnight, sunrise and&lt;br /&gt;sunset. The names of light, heat, cold, frost, rain, snow, hail,&lt;br /&gt;sleet, thunder, lightning, as well as almost all those objects&lt;br /&gt;which form the component parts of the beautiful, as expressed in&lt;br /&gt;external scenery, such as sea and land, hill and dale, wood and&lt;br /&gt;stream, etc., are Anglo-Saxon. To this same language we are&lt;br /&gt;indebted for those words which express the earliest and dearest&lt;br /&gt;connections, and the strongest and most powerful feelings of&lt;br /&gt;Nature, and which, as a consequence, are interwoven with the&lt;br /&gt;fondest and most hallowed associations. Of such words are father,&lt;br /&gt;mother, husband, wife, brother, sister, son, daughter, child, home,&lt;br /&gt;kindred, friend, hearth, roof and fireside.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The chief emotions of which we are susceptible are expressed in&lt;br /&gt;the same language—love, hope, fear, sorrow, shame, and also&lt;br /&gt;the outward signs by which these emotions are indicated, as tear,&lt;br /&gt;smile, laugh, blush, weep, sigh, groan. Nearly all our national&lt;br /&gt;proverbs are Anglo-Saxon. Almost all the terms and phrases by which&lt;br /&gt;we most energetically express anger, contempt and indignation are&lt;br /&gt;of the same origin.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;What are known as the Smart Set and so-called polite society,&lt;br /&gt;are relegating a great many of our old Anglo-Saxon words into the&lt;br /&gt;shade, faithful friends who served their ancestors well. These&lt;br /&gt;self-appointed arbiters of diction regard some of the Anglo-Saxon&lt;br /&gt;words as too coarse, too plebeian for their aesthetic tastes and&lt;br /&gt;refined ears, so they are eliminating them from their vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;and replacing them with mongrels of foreign birth and hybrids of&lt;br /&gt;unknown origin. For the ordinary people, however, the man in the&lt;br /&gt;street or in the field, the woman in the kitchen or in the factory,&lt;br /&gt;they are still tried and true and, like old friends, should be&lt;br /&gt;cherished and preferred to all strangers, no matter from what&lt;br /&gt;source the latter may spring.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!--
google_ad_client = "pub-9096640032113380";
//feeds_468x60, created 1/28/08
google_ad_slot = "7102324723";
google_ad_width = 468;
google_ad_height = 60;
//--&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;script type="text/javascript"
src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;
&lt;/script&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4738678906894242794-6778056417514019175?l=speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/6778056417514019175/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4738678906894242794&amp;postID=6778056417514019175" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/6778056417514019175?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/6778056417514019175?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly/~3/zides_5y39c/chapter-xiii-choice-of-words.html" title="Chapter XIII: Choice of words" /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/2008/03/chapter-xiii-choice-of-words.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;D08FRXs5eyp7ImA9WxZVEUg.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794.post-6205598696812229321</id><published>2008-03-21T20:15:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2008-03-21T20:16:54.523-07:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2008-03-21T20:16:54.523-07:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Writing letters" /><title>Chapter VI: Letter Writing</title><content type="html">&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2 id="CHAPTER_VI"&gt;CHAPTER VI&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;LETTER WRITING&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Principles of&lt;br /&gt;Letter-Writing—Forms—Notes&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Many people seem to regard letter-writing as a very simple and&lt;br /&gt;easily acquired branch, but on the contrary it is one of the most&lt;br /&gt;difficult forms of composition and requires much patience and labor&lt;br /&gt;to master its details. In fact there are very few perfect&lt;br /&gt;letter-writers in the language. It constitutes the direct form of&lt;br /&gt;speech and may be called conversation at a distance. Its forms are&lt;br /&gt;so varied by every conceivable topic written at all times by all&lt;br /&gt;kinds of persons in all kinds of moods and tempers and addressed to&lt;br /&gt;all kinds of persons of varying degrees in society and of different&lt;br /&gt;pursuits in life, that no fixed rules can be laid down to regulate&lt;br /&gt;its length, style or subject matter. Only general suggestions can&lt;br /&gt;be made in regard to scope and purpose, and the forms of indicting&lt;br /&gt;set forth which custom and precedent have sanctioned.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The principles of letter-writing should be understood by&lt;br /&gt;everybody who has any knowledge of written language, for almost&lt;br /&gt;everybody at some time or other has necessity to address some&lt;br /&gt;friend or acquaintance at a distance, whereas comparatively few are&lt;br /&gt;called upon to direct their efforts towards any other kind of&lt;br /&gt;composition.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Formerly the illiterate countryman, when he had occasion to&lt;br /&gt;communicate with friends or relations, called in the peripatetic&lt;br /&gt;schoolmaster as his amanuensis, but this had one&lt;br /&gt;draw-back,—secrets had to be poured into an ear other than&lt;br /&gt;that for which they were intended, and often the confidence was&lt;br /&gt;betrayed.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now, that education is abroad in the land, there is seldom any&lt;br /&gt;occasion for any person to call upon the service of another to&lt;br /&gt;compose and write a personal letter. Very few now-a-days are so&lt;br /&gt;grossly illiterate as not to be able to read and write. No matter&lt;br /&gt;how crude his effort may be it is better for any one to write his&lt;br /&gt;own letters than trust to another. Even if he should&lt;br /&gt;commence,—"deer fren, i lift up my pen to let ye no that i&lt;br /&gt;hove been sik for the past 3 weeks, hopping this will findye the&lt;br /&gt;same," his spelling and construction can be excused in view of the&lt;br /&gt;fact that his intention is good, and that he is doing his best to&lt;br /&gt;serve his own turn without depending upon others.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The nature, substance and tone of any letter depend upon the&lt;br /&gt;occasion that calls it forth, upon the person writing it and upon&lt;br /&gt;the person for whom it is intended. Whether it should be easy or&lt;br /&gt;formal in style, plain or ornate, light or serious, gay or grave,&lt;br /&gt;sentimental or matter-of-fact depend upon these three&lt;br /&gt;circumstances.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In letter writing the first and most important requisites are to&lt;br /&gt;be natural and simple; there should be no straining after effect,&lt;br /&gt;but simply a spontaneous out-pouring of thoughts and ideas as they&lt;br /&gt;naturally occur to the writer. We are repelled by a person who is&lt;br /&gt;stiff and labored in his conversation and in the same way the stiff&lt;br /&gt;and labored letter bores the reader. Whereas if it is light and in&lt;br /&gt;a conversational vein it immediately engages his attention.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The letter which is written with the greatest facility is the&lt;br /&gt;best kind of letter because it naturally expresses what is in the&lt;br /&gt;writer, he has not to search for his words, they flow in a perfect&lt;br /&gt;unison with the ideas he desires to communicate. When you write to&lt;br /&gt;your friend John Browne to tell him how you spent Sunday you have&lt;br /&gt;not to look around for the words, or study set phrases with a view&lt;br /&gt;to please or impress Browne, you just tell him the same as if he&lt;br /&gt;were present before you, how you spent the day, where you were,&lt;br /&gt;with whom you associated and the chief incidents that occurred&lt;br /&gt;during the time. Thus, you write natural and it is such writing&lt;br /&gt;that is adapted to epistolary correspondence.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are different kinds of letters, each calling for a&lt;br /&gt;different style of address and composition, nevertheless the&lt;br /&gt;natural key should be maintained in all, that is to say, the writer&lt;br /&gt;should never attempt to convey an impression that he is other than&lt;br /&gt;what he is. It would be silly as well as vain for the common street&lt;br /&gt;laborer of a limited education to try to put on literary airs and&lt;br /&gt;emulate a college professor; he may have as good a brain, but it is&lt;br /&gt;not as well developed by education, and he lacks the polish which&lt;br /&gt;society confers. When writing a letter the street laborer should&lt;br /&gt;bear in mind that only the letter of a street-laborer is expected&lt;br /&gt;from him, no matter to whom his communication may be addressed and&lt;br /&gt;that neither the grammar nor the diction of a Chesterfield or&lt;br /&gt;Gladstone is looked for in his language. Still the writer should&lt;br /&gt;keep in mind the person to whom he is writing. If it is to an&lt;br /&gt;Archbishop or some other great dignitary of Church or state it&lt;br /&gt;certainly should be couched in terms different from those he uses&lt;br /&gt;to John Browne, his intimate friend. Just as he cannot say "Dear&lt;br /&gt;John" to an Archbishop, no more can he address him in the familiar&lt;br /&gt;words he uses to his friend of everyday acquaintance and&lt;br /&gt;companionship. Yet there is no great learning required to write to&lt;br /&gt;an Archbishop, no more than to an ordinary individual. All the&lt;br /&gt;laborer needs to know is the form of address and how to properly&lt;br /&gt;utilize his limited vocabulary to the best advantage. Here is the&lt;br /&gt;form for such a letter:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                17 Second Avenue,&lt;br /&gt;                                     New York City.&lt;br /&gt;                                       January 1st, 1910.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;              Most Rev. P. A. Jordan,&lt;br /&gt;                  Archbishop of New York.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;              Most Rev. and dear Sir:—&lt;br /&gt;                 While sweeping the crossing at Fifth&lt;br /&gt;              Avenue and 50th street on last Wednesday&lt;br /&gt;              morning, I found the enclosed Fifty Dollar&lt;br /&gt;              Bill, which I am sending to you in the hope&lt;br /&gt;              that it may be restored to the rightful&lt;br /&gt;              owner.&lt;br /&gt;                 I beg you will acknowledge receipt and&lt;br /&gt;              should the owner be found I trust you will&lt;br /&gt;              notify me, so that I may claim some reward&lt;br /&gt;              for my honesty.&lt;br /&gt;                 I am, Most Rev. and dear Sir,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                         Very respectfully yours,&lt;br /&gt;                                         Thomas Jones.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Observe the brevity of the letter. Jones makes no suggestions to&lt;br /&gt;the Archbishop how to find the owner, for he knows the course the&lt;br /&gt;Archbishop will adopt, of having the finding of the bill announced&lt;br /&gt;from the Church pulpits. Could Jones himself find the owner there&lt;br /&gt;would be no occasion to apply to the Archbishop.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;This letter, it is true, is different from that which he would&lt;br /&gt;send to Browne. Nevertheless it is simple without being familiar,&lt;br /&gt;is just a plain statement, and is as much to the point for its&lt;br /&gt;purpose as if it were garnished with rhetoric and "words of learned&lt;br /&gt;length and thundering sound."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Letters may be divided into those of friendship,&lt;br /&gt;acquaintanceship, those of business relations, those written in an&lt;br /&gt;official capacity by public servants, those designed to teach, and&lt;br /&gt;those which give accounts of the daily happenings on the stage of&lt;br /&gt;life, in other words, news letters.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Letters of friendship&lt;/i&gt; are the most common and their style&lt;br /&gt;and form depend upon the degree of relationship and intimacy&lt;br /&gt;existing between the writers and those addressed. Between relatives&lt;br /&gt;and intimate friends the beginning and end may be in the most&lt;br /&gt;familiar form of conversation, either affectionate or playful. They&lt;br /&gt;should, however, never overstep the boundaries of decency and&lt;br /&gt;propriety, for it is well to remember that, unlike conversation,&lt;br /&gt;which only is heard by the ears for which it is intended, written&lt;br /&gt;words may come under eyes other than those for whom they were&lt;br /&gt;designed. Therefore, it is well never to write anything which the&lt;br /&gt;world may not read without detriment to your character or your&lt;br /&gt;instincts. You can be joyful, playful, jocose, give vent to your&lt;br /&gt;feelings, but never stoop to low language and, above all, to&lt;br /&gt;language savoring in the slightest degree of moral impropriety.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Business letters&lt;/i&gt; are of the utmost importance on account&lt;br /&gt;of the interests involved. The business character of a man or of a&lt;br /&gt;firm is often judged by the correspondence. On many occasions&lt;br /&gt;letters instead of developing trade and business interests and&lt;br /&gt;gaining clientele, predispose people unfavorably towards those whom&lt;br /&gt;they are designed to benefit. Ambiguous, slip-shod language is a&lt;br /&gt;detriment to success. Business letters should be clear, concise, to&lt;br /&gt;the point and, above all, honest, giving no wrong impressions or&lt;br /&gt;holding out any inducements that cannot be fulfilled. In business&lt;br /&gt;letters, just as in business conduct, honesty is always the best&lt;br /&gt;policy.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Official letters&lt;/i&gt; are mostly always formal. They should&lt;br /&gt;possess clearness, brevity and dignity of tone to impress the&lt;br /&gt;receivers with the proper respect for the national laws and&lt;br /&gt;institutions.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Letters designed to teach or &lt;i&gt;didactic letters&lt;/i&gt; are in a&lt;br /&gt;class all by themselves. They are simply literature in the form of&lt;br /&gt;letters and are employed by some of the best writers to give their&lt;br /&gt;thoughts and ideas a greater emphasis. The most conspicuous example&lt;br /&gt;of this kind of composition is the book on Etiquette by Lord&lt;br /&gt;Chesterfield, which took the form of a series of letters to his&lt;br /&gt;son.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;News letters&lt;/i&gt; are accounts of world happenings and&lt;br /&gt;descriptions of ceremonies and events sent into the newspapers.&lt;br /&gt;Some of the best authors of our time are newspaper men who write in&lt;br /&gt;an easy flowing style which is most readable, full of humor and&lt;br /&gt;fancy and which carries one along with breathless interest from&lt;br /&gt;beginning to end.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The principal parts of a letter are (1) the &lt;i&gt;heading&lt;/i&gt; or&lt;br /&gt;introduction; (2) the &lt;i&gt;body&lt;/i&gt; or substance of the letter; (3)&lt;br /&gt;the &lt;i&gt;subscription&lt;/i&gt; or closing expression and signature; (4)&lt;br /&gt;the &lt;i&gt;address&lt;/i&gt; or direction on the envelope. For the&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;body&lt;/i&gt; of a letter no forms or rules can be laid down as it&lt;br /&gt;altogether depends on the nature of the letter and the relationship&lt;br /&gt;between the writer and the person addressed.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are certain rules which govern the other three features&lt;br /&gt;and which custom has sanctioned. Every one should be acquainted&lt;br /&gt;with these rules.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;THE HEADING&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Heading&lt;/i&gt; has three parts, viz., the name of the place,&lt;br /&gt;the date of writing and the designation of the person or persons&lt;br /&gt;addressed; thus:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                  73 New Street,&lt;br /&gt;                                      Newark, N. J.,&lt;br /&gt;                                     February 1st, 1910.&lt;br /&gt;         Messr. Ginn and Co.,&lt;br /&gt;             New York&lt;br /&gt;         Gentlemen:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The name of the place should never be omitted; in cities, street&lt;br /&gt;and number should always be given, and except when the city is&lt;br /&gt;large and very conspicuous, so that there can be no question as to&lt;br /&gt;its identity with another of the same or similar name, the&lt;br /&gt;abbreviation of the State should be appended, as in the above,&lt;br /&gt;Newark, N. J. There is another Newark in the State of Ohio. Owing&lt;br /&gt;to failure to comply with this rule many letters go astray. The&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;date&lt;/i&gt; should be on every letter, especially business letters.&lt;br /&gt;The date should never be put at the bottom in a business letter,&lt;br /&gt;but in friendly letters this may be done. The &lt;i&gt;designation&lt;/i&gt; of&lt;br /&gt;the person or persons addressed differs according to the relations&lt;br /&gt;of the correspondents. Letters of friendship may begin in many ways&lt;br /&gt;according to the degrees of friendship or intimacy. Thus:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     My dear Wife:&lt;br /&gt;     My dear Husband:&lt;br /&gt;     My dear Friend:&lt;br /&gt;     My darling Mother:&lt;br /&gt;     My dearest Love:&lt;br /&gt;     Dear Aunt:&lt;br /&gt;     Dear Uncle:&lt;br /&gt;     Dear George: etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;To mark a lesser degree of intimacy such formal designations as&lt;br /&gt;the following may be employed:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     Dear Sir:&lt;br /&gt;     My dear Sir:&lt;br /&gt;     Dear Mr. Smith:&lt;br /&gt;     Dear Madam: etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;For clergymen who have the degree of Doctor of Divinity, the&lt;br /&gt;designation is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     Rev. Alban Johnson, D. D.&lt;br /&gt;     My dear Sir: or Rev. and dear Sir: or more familiarly&lt;br /&gt;     Dear Dr. Johnson:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Bishops of the Roman and Anglican Communions are addressed as&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Right Reverend&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     The Rt. Rev., the Bishop of Long Island. or&lt;br /&gt;     The Rt. Rev. Frederick Burgess, Bishop of Long Island.&lt;br /&gt;     Rt. Rev. and dear Sir:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Archbishops of the Roman Church are addressed as &lt;i&gt;Most&lt;br /&gt;Reverend&lt;/i&gt; and Cardinals as &lt;i&gt;Eminence&lt;/i&gt;. Thus:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         The Most Rev. Archbishop Katzer.&lt;br /&gt;           Most Rev. and dear Sir:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         His Eminence, James Cardinal Gibbons, Archbishop of Baltimore.&lt;br /&gt;           May it please your Eminence:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The title of the Governor of a State or territory and of the&lt;br /&gt;President of the United States is &lt;i&gt;Excellency&lt;/i&gt;. However,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Honorable&lt;/i&gt; is more commonly applied to Governors:—&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         His Excellency, William Howard Taft,&lt;br /&gt;           President of the United States.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Sir:—&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         His Excellency, Charles Evans Hughes,&lt;br /&gt;           Governor of the State of New York.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Sir:—&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Honorable Franklin Fort,&lt;br /&gt;           Governor of New Jersey.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Sir:—&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The general salutation for Officers of the Army and Navy is&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sir&lt;/i&gt;. The rank and station should be indicated in full at the&lt;br /&gt;head of the letter, thus:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         General Joseph Thompson,&lt;br /&gt;           Commanding the Seventh Infantry.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Sir:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Rear Admiral Robert Atkinson,&lt;br /&gt;           Commanding the Atlantic Squadron.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Sir:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The title of officers of the Civil Government is Honorable and&lt;br /&gt;they are addressed as &lt;i&gt;Sir&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Hon. Nelson Duncan,&lt;br /&gt;             Senator from Ohio.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Sir:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Hon. Norman Wingfield,&lt;br /&gt;             Secretary of the Treasury.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Sir:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Hon. Rupert Gresham,&lt;br /&gt;             Mayor of New York.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Sir:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Presidents and Professors of Colleges and Universities are&lt;br /&gt;generally addressed as &lt;i&gt;Sir&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;Dear Sir&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     Professor Ferguson Jenks,&lt;br /&gt;       President of .......... University.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     Sir: or Dear Sir:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Presidents of Societies and Associations are treated as business&lt;br /&gt;men and addressed as &lt;i&gt;Sir&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;Dear Sir&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Mr. Joseph Banks,&lt;br /&gt;             President of the Night Owls.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Dear Sir: or Sir:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Doctors of Medicine are addressed as &lt;i&gt;Sir: My dear Sir: Dear&lt;br /&gt;Sir:&lt;/i&gt; and more familiarly My dear Dr: or Dear Dr: as&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Ryerson Pitkin, M. D.&lt;br /&gt;           Sir:&lt;br /&gt;           Dear Sir:&lt;br /&gt;           My dear Dr:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ordinary people with no degrees or titles are addressed as Mr.&lt;br /&gt;and Mrs. and are designed Dear Sir: Dear Madam: and an unmarried&lt;br /&gt;woman of any age is addressed on the envelope as Miss So-and-so,&lt;br /&gt;but always designed in the letter as&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Dear Madam:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The plural of Mr. as in addressing a firm is &lt;i&gt;Messrs&lt;/i&gt;, and&lt;br /&gt;the corresponding salutation is &lt;i&gt;Dear Sirs: or Gentlemen:&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In England &lt;i&gt;Esq.&lt;/i&gt; is used for &lt;i&gt;Mr.&lt;/i&gt; as a mark of&lt;br /&gt;slight superiority and in this country it is sometimes used, but it&lt;br /&gt;is practically obsolete. Custom is against it and American&lt;br /&gt;sentiment as well. If it is used it should be only applied to&lt;br /&gt;lawyers and justices of the peace.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;SUBSCRIPTION&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Subscription&lt;/i&gt; or ending of a letter consists of the&lt;br /&gt;term of respect or affection and the signature. The term depends&lt;br /&gt;upon the relation of the person addressed. Letters of friendship&lt;br /&gt;can close with such expressions as:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Yours lovingly,&lt;br /&gt;         Yours affectionately,&lt;br /&gt;         Devotedly yours,&lt;br /&gt;         Ever yours, etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;as between husbands and wives or between lovers. Such gushing&lt;br /&gt;terminations as Your Own Darling, Your own Dovey and other pet and&lt;br /&gt;silly endings should be avoided, as they denote shallowness. Love&lt;br /&gt;can be strongly expressed without dipping into the nonsensical and&lt;br /&gt;the farcical.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Formal expressions of Subscription are:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Yours Sincerely,&lt;br /&gt;         Yours truly,&lt;br /&gt;         Respectfully yours,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;and the like, and these may be varied to denote the exact&lt;br /&gt;bearing or attitude the writer wishes to assume to the person&lt;br /&gt;addressed: as,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Very sincerely yours,&lt;br /&gt;         Very respectfully yours,&lt;br /&gt;         With deep respect yours,&lt;br /&gt;         Yours very truly, etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Such elaborate endings as&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   "In the meantime with the highest respect, I am yours to command,"&lt;br /&gt;   "I have the honor to be, Sir, Your humble Servant,"&lt;br /&gt;   "With great expression of esteem, I am Sincerely yours,"&lt;br /&gt;   "Believe me, my dear Sir, Ever faithfully yours,"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;are condemned as savoring too much of affectation.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;It is better to finish formal letters without any such&lt;br /&gt;qualifying remarks. If you are writing to Mr. Ryan to tell him that&lt;br /&gt;you have a house for sale, after describing the house and stating&lt;br /&gt;the terms simply sign yourself&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Your obedient Servant&lt;br /&gt;           Yours very truly,&lt;br /&gt;           Yours with respect,&lt;br /&gt;             James Wilson.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Don't say you have the honor to be anything or ask him to&lt;br /&gt;believe anything, all you want to tell him is that you have a house&lt;br /&gt;for sale and that you are sincere, or hold him in respect as a&lt;br /&gt;prospective customer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Don't abbreviate the signature as: &lt;i&gt;Y'rs Resp'fly&lt;/i&gt; and&lt;br /&gt;always make your sex obvious. Write plainly&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;samp&gt;Yours truly,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;John Field&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/samp&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;and not &lt;i&gt;J. Field&lt;/i&gt;, so that the person to whom you send it&lt;br /&gt;may not take you for &lt;i&gt;Jane Field&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;It is always best to write the first name in full. Married women&lt;br /&gt;should prefix &lt;i&gt;Mrs.&lt;/i&gt; to their names, as&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;samp&gt;Very sincerely yours,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Mrs.&lt;/i&gt; Theodore Watson.&lt;/samp&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you are sending a letter acknowledging a compliment or some&lt;br /&gt;kindness done you may say, &lt;i&gt;Yours gratefully,&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;Yours&lt;br /&gt;very gratefully,&lt;/i&gt; in proportion to the act of kindness&lt;br /&gt;received.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;It is not customary to sign letters of degrees or titles after&lt;br /&gt;your name, except you are a lord, earl or duke and only known by&lt;br /&gt;the title, but as we have no such titles in America it is&lt;br /&gt;unnecessary to bring this matter into consideration. Don't sign&lt;br /&gt;yourself,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;          Sincerely yours,&lt;br /&gt;            Obadiah Jackson, M.A. or L.L. D.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you're an M. A. or an L.L. D. people generally know it&lt;br /&gt;without your sounding your own trumpet. Many people, and especially&lt;br /&gt;clergymen, are fond of flaunting after their names degrees they&lt;br /&gt;have received &lt;i&gt;honoris causa&lt;/i&gt;, that is, degrees as a mark of&lt;br /&gt;honor, without examination. Such degrees should be kept in the&lt;br /&gt;background. Many a deadhead has these degrees which he could never&lt;br /&gt;have earned by brain work.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Married women whose husbands are alive may sign the husband's&lt;br /&gt;name with the prefix &lt;i&gt;Mrs:&lt;/i&gt; thus,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;samp&gt;Yours sincerely,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Mrs.&lt;/i&gt; William Southey.&lt;/samp&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;but when the husband is dead the signature should be—&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;samp&gt;Yours sincerely,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Mrs.&lt;/i&gt; Sarah Southey.&lt;/samp&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;So when we receive a letter from a woman we are enabled to tell&lt;br /&gt;whether she has a husband living or is a widow. A woman separated&lt;br /&gt;from her husband but not a &lt;i&gt;divorcee&lt;/i&gt; should &lt;i&gt;not&lt;/i&gt; sign&lt;br /&gt;his name.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;ADDRESS&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;address&lt;/i&gt; of a letter consists of the name, the title&lt;br /&gt;and the residence.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Mr. Hugh Black,&lt;br /&gt;           112 Southgate Street,&lt;br /&gt;             Altoona,&lt;br /&gt;                     Pa.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Intimate friends have often familiar names for each other, such&lt;br /&gt;as pet names, nicknames, etc., which they use in the freedom of&lt;br /&gt;conversation, but such names should never, under any circumstances,&lt;br /&gt;appear on the envelope. The subscription on the envelope should be&lt;br /&gt;always written with propriety and correctness and as if penned by&lt;br /&gt;an entire stranger. The only difficulty in the envelope inscription&lt;br /&gt;is the title. Every man is entitled to &lt;i&gt;Mr.&lt;/i&gt; and every lady to&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Mrs.&lt;/i&gt; and every unmarried lady to &lt;i&gt;Miss&lt;/i&gt;. Even a boy is&lt;br /&gt;entitled to &lt;i&gt;Master&lt;/i&gt;. When more than one is addressed the&lt;br /&gt;title is &lt;i&gt;Messrs.&lt;/i&gt; &lt;i&gt;Mesdames&lt;/i&gt; is sometimes written of&lt;br /&gt;women. If the person addressed has a title it is courteous to use&lt;br /&gt;it, but titles never must be duplicated. Thus, we can write&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     Robert Stitt, M. D., but never&lt;br /&gt;     Dr. Robert Stitt, M. D, or&lt;br /&gt;     Mr. Robert Stitt, M. D.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In writing to a medical doctor it is well to indicate his&lt;br /&gt;profession by the letters M. D. so as to differentiate him from a&lt;br /&gt;D. D. It is better to write Robert Stitt, M. D., than Dr. Robert&lt;br /&gt;Stitt.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the case of clergymen the prefix Rev. is retained even when&lt;br /&gt;they have other titles; as&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Rev. Tracy Tooke, LL. D.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;When a person has more titles than one it is customary to only&lt;br /&gt;give him the leading one. Thus instead of writing Rev. Samuel&lt;br /&gt;MacComb, B. A., M. A., B. Sc., Ph. D., LL. D., D. D. the form&lt;br /&gt;employed is Rev. Samuel MacComb, LL. D. LL. D. is appended in&lt;br /&gt;preference to D. D. because in most cases the "Rev." implies a "D.&lt;br /&gt;D." while comparatively few with the prefix "Rev." are entitled to&lt;br /&gt;"LL. D."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the case of &lt;i&gt;Honorables&lt;/i&gt; such as Governors, Judges,&lt;br /&gt;Members of Congress, and others of the Civil Government the prefix&lt;br /&gt;"Hon." does away with &lt;i&gt;Mr.&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;Esq.&lt;/i&gt; Thus we write Hon.&lt;br /&gt;Josiah Snifkins, not Hon. Mr. Josiah Snifkins or Hon. Josiah&lt;br /&gt;Snifkins, Esq. Though this prefix &lt;i&gt;Hon.&lt;/i&gt; is also often applied&lt;br /&gt;to Governors they should be addressed as Excellency. For&lt;br /&gt;instance:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         His Excellency,&lt;br /&gt;           Charles E. Hughes,&lt;br /&gt;                         Albany,&lt;br /&gt;                              N. Y.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In writing to the President the superscription on the envelope&lt;br /&gt;should be&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         To the President,&lt;br /&gt;           Executive Mansion,&lt;br /&gt;              Washington, D. C.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Professional men such as doctors and lawyers as well as those&lt;br /&gt;having legitimately earned College Degrees may be addressed on the&lt;br /&gt;envelopes by their titles, as&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     Jonathan Janeway, M. D.&lt;br /&gt;     Hubert Houston, B. L.&lt;br /&gt;     Matthew Marks, M. A., etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The residence of the person addressed should be plainly written&lt;br /&gt;out in full. The street and numbers should be given and the city or&lt;br /&gt;town written very legibly. If the abbreviation of the State is&lt;br /&gt;liable to be confounded or confused with that of another then the&lt;br /&gt;full name of the State should be written. In writing the residence&lt;br /&gt;on the envelope, instead of putting it all in one line as is done&lt;br /&gt;at the head of a letter, each item of the residence forms a&lt;br /&gt;separate line. Thus,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Liberty,&lt;br /&gt;           Sullivan County,&lt;br /&gt;                         New York.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         215 Minna St.,&lt;br /&gt;           San Francisco,&lt;br /&gt;                         California.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;There should be left a space for the postage stamp in the upper&lt;br /&gt;right hand corner. The name and title should occupy a line that is&lt;br /&gt;about central between the top of the envelope and the bottom. The&lt;br /&gt;name should neither be too much to right or left but located in the&lt;br /&gt;centre, the beginning and end at equal distances from either&lt;br /&gt;end.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In writing to large business concerns which are well known or to&lt;br /&gt;public or city officials it is sometimes customary to leave out&lt;br /&gt;number and street. Thus,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Messrs. Seigel, Cooper Co.,&lt;br /&gt;                       New York City,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Hon. William J. Gaynor,&lt;br /&gt;                          New York City.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;NOTES&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Notes&lt;/i&gt; may be regarded as letters in miniature confined&lt;br /&gt;chiefly to invitations, acceptances, regrets and introductions, and&lt;br /&gt;modern etiquette tends towards informality in their composition.&lt;br /&gt;Card etiquette, in fact, has taken the place of ceremonious&lt;br /&gt;correspondence and informal notes are now the rule. Invitations to&lt;br /&gt;dinner and receptions are now mostly written on cards. "Regrets"&lt;br /&gt;are sent back on visiting cards with just the one word&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;"Regrets"&lt;/i&gt; plainly written thereon. Often on cards and notes&lt;br /&gt;of invitation we find the letters R. S. V. P. at the bottom. These&lt;br /&gt;letters stand for the French &lt;i&gt;repondez s'il vous plait&lt;/i&gt;, which&lt;br /&gt;means "Reply, if you please," but there is no necessity to put this&lt;br /&gt;on an invitation card as every well-bred person knows that a reply&lt;br /&gt;is expected. In writing notes to young ladies of the same family it&lt;br /&gt;should be noted that the eldest daughter of the house is entitled&lt;br /&gt;to the designation &lt;i&gt;Miss&lt;/i&gt; without any Christian name, only the&lt;br /&gt;surname appended. Thus if there are three daughters in the Thompson&lt;br /&gt;family Martha, the eldest, Susan and Jemina, Martha is addressed as&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Miss&lt;/i&gt; Thompson and the other two as &lt;i&gt;Miss&lt;/i&gt; Susan&lt;br /&gt;Thompson and &lt;i&gt;Miss&lt;/i&gt; Jemina Thompson respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Don't write the word &lt;i&gt;addressed&lt;/i&gt; on the envelope of a&lt;br /&gt;note.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Don't &lt;i&gt;seal&lt;/i&gt; a note delivered by a friend.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Don't write a note on a postal card.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here are a few common forms:—&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;FORMAL INVITATIONS&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Mr. and Mrs. Henry Wagstaff request the&lt;br /&gt;         honor of Mr. McAdoo's presence on Friday&lt;br /&gt;         evening, June 15th, at 8 o'clock to meet the&lt;br /&gt;         Governor of the Fort.&lt;br /&gt;              19 Woodbine Terrace&lt;br /&gt;                        June 8th, 1910.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;This is an invitation to a formal reception calling for evening&lt;br /&gt;dress. Here is Mr. McAdoo's reply in the third person:—&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Mr. McAdoo presents his compliments to&lt;br /&gt;         Mr. and Mrs. Henry Wagstaff and accepts with&lt;br /&gt;         great pleasure their invitation to meet the&lt;br /&gt;         Governor of the Fort on the evening of June&lt;br /&gt;         fifteenth.&lt;br /&gt;           215 Beacon Street,&lt;br /&gt;                      June 10th, 1910.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here is how Mr. McAdoo might decline the invitation:—&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Mr. McAdoo regrets that owing to a prior&lt;br /&gt;         engagement he must forego the honor of paying&lt;br /&gt;         his respects to Mr. and Mrs. Wagstaff and the&lt;br /&gt;         Governor of the Fort on the evening of June&lt;br /&gt;         fifteenth.&lt;br /&gt;           215 Beacon St.,&lt;br /&gt;               June 10th, 1910.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here is a note addressed, say to Mr. Jeremiah Reynolds.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Mr. and Mrs. Oldham at home on Wednesday&lt;br /&gt;         evening October ninth from seven to eleven.&lt;br /&gt;           21 Ashland Avenue,&lt;br /&gt;                     October 5th.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Mr. Reynolds makes reply:—&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Mr. Reynolds accepts with high appreciation&lt;br /&gt;         the honor of Mr. and Mrs. Oldham's invitation&lt;br /&gt;         for Wednesday evening October ninth.&lt;br /&gt;           Windsor Hotel&lt;br /&gt;               October 7th&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;or&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Mr. Reynolds regrets that his duties render&lt;br /&gt;         it impossible for him to accept Mr. and Mrs.&lt;br /&gt;         Oldham's kind invitation for the evening of&lt;br /&gt;         October ninth.&lt;br /&gt;           Windsor Hotel,&lt;br /&gt;                 October 7th,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes less informal invitations are sent on small specially&lt;br /&gt;designed note paper in which the first person takes the place of&lt;br /&gt;the third. Thus&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                      360 Pine St.,&lt;br /&gt;                                      Dec. 11th, 1910.&lt;br /&gt;         Dear Mr. Saintsbury:&lt;br /&gt;           Mr. Johnson and I should be much pleased to&lt;br /&gt;         have you dine with us and a few friends next&lt;br /&gt;         Thursday, the fifteenth, at half past seven.&lt;br /&gt;                              Yours sincerely,&lt;br /&gt;                                   Emma Burnside.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Mr. Saintsbury's reply:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                      57 Carlyle Strand&lt;br /&gt;                                      Dec. 13th, 1910.&lt;br /&gt;         Dear Mrs. Burnside:&lt;br /&gt;           Let me accept very appreciatively your&lt;br /&gt;         invitation to dine with Mr. Burnside and you&lt;br /&gt;         on next Thursday, the fifteenth, at half past&lt;br /&gt;         seven.&lt;br /&gt;                                 Yours sincerely,&lt;br /&gt;                                    Henry Saintsbury.&lt;br /&gt;         Mrs. Alexander Burnside.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;NOTES OF INTRODUCTION&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Notes of introduction should be very circumspect as the writers&lt;br /&gt;are in reality vouching for those whom they introduce. Here is a&lt;br /&gt;specimen of such a note.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                            603 Lexington Ave.,&lt;br /&gt;                                    New York City,&lt;br /&gt;                                     June 15th, 1910.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Rev. Cyrus C. Wiley, D. D.,&lt;br /&gt;                         Newark, N. J.&lt;br /&gt;         My dear Dr. Wiley:&lt;br /&gt;                            I take the liberty of&lt;br /&gt;         presenting to you my friend, Stacy Redfern,&lt;br /&gt;         M. D., a young practitioner, who is anxious&lt;br /&gt;         to locate in Newark. I have known him many&lt;br /&gt;         years and can vouch for his integrity and&lt;br /&gt;         professional standing. Any courtesy and&lt;br /&gt;         kindness which you may show him will be very&lt;br /&gt;         much appreciated by me.&lt;br /&gt;                             Very sincerely yours,&lt;br /&gt;                                      Franklin Jewett.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!--
google_ad_client = "pub-9096640032113380";
//feeds_468x60, created 1/28/08
google_ad_slot = "7102324723";
google_ad_width = 468;
google_ad_height = 60;
//--&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;script type="text/javascript"
src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;
&lt;/script&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4738678906894242794-6205598696812229321?l=speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/6205598696812229321/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4738678906894242794&amp;postID=6205598696812229321" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/6205598696812229321?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/6205598696812229321?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly/~3/t-EOMqncgQY/chapter-vi-letter-writing.html" title="Chapter VI: Letter Writing" /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/2008/03/chapter-vi-letter-writing.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CUMBQn08eyp7ImA9WxZXEEk.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794.post-3911366571396119685</id><published>2008-02-05T12:36:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2008-02-26T08:30:53.373-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2008-02-26T08:30:53.373-08:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Punctuation" /><title>Chapter V: Punctuation</title><content type="html">&lt;center&gt;I am behind on my study and I keep forgetting what I've learned.  I have to go back to review some of the older chapters.  In the mean time, I am posting chapter 5 here for you to continue with your study.  Hope you're making progress.&lt;br /&gt;Best of Luck, Ratcha.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2 id="CHAPTER_V"&gt;CHAPTER V&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;PUNCTUATION&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Principal Points—Illustrations—Capital&lt;br /&gt;Letters.&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Lindley Murray and Goold Brown laid down cast-iron rules for&lt;br /&gt;punctuation, but most of them have been broken long since and&lt;br /&gt;thrown into the junk-heap of disuse. They were too rigid, too&lt;br /&gt;strict, went so much into &lt;i&gt;minutiae&lt;/i&gt;, that they were more or&lt;br /&gt;less impractical to apply to ordinary composition. The manner of&lt;br /&gt;language, of style and of expression has considerably changed since&lt;br /&gt;then, the old abstruse complex sentence with its hidden meanings&lt;br /&gt;has been relegated to the shade, there is little of prolixity or&lt;br /&gt;long-drawn-out phrases, ambiguity of expression is avoided and the&lt;br /&gt;aim is toward terseness, brevity and clearness. Therefore,&lt;br /&gt;punctuation has been greatly simplified, to such an extent indeed,&lt;br /&gt;that it is now as much a matter of good taste and judgment as&lt;br /&gt;adherence to any fixed set of rules. Nevertheless there are laws&lt;br /&gt;governing it which cannot be abrogated, their principles must be&lt;br /&gt;rigidly and inviolably observed.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The chief end of punctuation is to mark the grammatical&lt;br /&gt;connection and the dependence of the parts of a composition, but&lt;br /&gt;not the actual pauses made in speaking. Very often the points used&lt;br /&gt;to denote the delivery of a passage differ from those used when the&lt;br /&gt;passage is written. Nevertheless, several of the punctuation marks&lt;br /&gt;serve to bring out the rhetorical force of expression.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The principal marks of punctuation are:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Comma [&lt;samp&gt;,&lt;/samp&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Semicolon [&lt;samp&gt;;&lt;/samp&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Colon [&lt;samp&gt;:&lt;/samp&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Period [&lt;samp&gt;.&lt;/samp&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Interrogation [&lt;samp&gt;?&lt;/samp&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Exclamation [&lt;samp&gt;!&lt;/samp&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Dash [&lt;samp&gt;—&lt;/samp&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Parenthesis [&lt;samp&gt;()&lt;/samp&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Quotation [&lt;samp&gt;" "&lt;/samp&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are several other points or marks to indicate various&lt;br /&gt;relations, but properly speaking such come under the heading of&lt;br /&gt;Printer's Marks, some of which are treated elsewhere.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Of the above, the first four may be styled the grammatical&lt;br /&gt;points, and the remaining five, the rhetorical points.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Comma&lt;/i&gt;: The office of the Comma is to show the&lt;br /&gt;slightest separation which calls for punctuation at all. It should&lt;br /&gt;be omitted whenever possible. It is used to mark the least&lt;br /&gt;divisions of a sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;A series of words or phrases has its parts separated by&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;commas:—"Lying, trickery, chicanery, perjury, were natural to&lt;br /&gt;him." "The brave, daring, faithful soldier died facing the foe." If&lt;br /&gt;the series is in pairs, commas separate the pairs: "Rich and poor,&lt;br /&gt;learned and unlearned, black and white, Christian and Jew,&lt;br /&gt;Mohammedan and Buddhist must pass through the same gate."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;A comma is used before a short quotation: "It was Patrick Henry&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;who said, 'Give me liberty or give me death.'"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;When the subject of the sentence is a clause or a long phrase, a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;comma is used after such subject: "That he has no reverence for the&lt;br /&gt;God I love, proves his insincerity." "Simulated piety, with a black&lt;br /&gt;coat and a sanctimonious look, does not proclaim a&lt;br /&gt;Christian."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;An expression used parenthetically should be inclosed by commas:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"The old man, as a general rule, takes a morning walk."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Words in apposition are set off by commas: "McKinley, the&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;President, was assassinated."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Relative clauses, if not restrictive, require commas: "The book,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;which is the simplest, is often the most profound."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;In continued sentences each should be followed by a comma:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"Electricity lights our dwellings and streets, pulls cars, trains,&lt;br /&gt;drives the engines of our mills and factories."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;When a verb is omitted a comma takes its place: "Lincoln was a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;great statesman; Grant, a great soldier."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The subject of address is followed by a comma: "John, you are a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;good man."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;In numeration, commas are used to express periods of three&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;figures: "Mountains 25,000 feet high; 1,000,000&lt;br /&gt;dollars."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Semicolon&lt;/i&gt; marks a slighter connection than the comma.&lt;br /&gt;It is generally confined to separating the parts of compound&lt;br /&gt;sentences. It is much used in contrasts:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;"Gladstone was great as a statesman; he was sublime as a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;man."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The Semicolon is used between the parts of all compound&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;sentences in which the grammatical subject of the second part is&lt;br /&gt;different from that of the first: "The power of England relies upon&lt;br /&gt;the wisdom of her statesmen; the power of America upon the strength&lt;br /&gt;of her army and navy."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The Semicolon is used before words and abbreviations which&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;introduce particulars or specifications following after, such as,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;namely, as, e.g., vid., i.e., etc.&lt;/i&gt;: "He had three defects;&lt;br /&gt;namely, carelessness, lack of concentration and obstinacy in his&lt;br /&gt;ideas." "An island is a portion of land entirely surrounded by&lt;br /&gt;water; as Cuba." "The names of cities should always commence with a&lt;br /&gt;capital letter; &lt;i&gt;e.g.&lt;/i&gt;, New York, Paris." "The boy was&lt;br /&gt;proficient in one branch; viz., Mathematics." "No man is perfect;&lt;br /&gt;i.e., free from all blemish."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Colon&lt;/i&gt; except in conventional uses is practically&lt;br /&gt;obsolete.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;It is generally put at the end of a sentence introducing a long&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;quotation: "The cheers having subsided, Mr. Bryan spoke as&lt;br /&gt;follows:"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;It is placed before an explanation or illustration of the&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;subject under consideration: "This is the meaning of the&lt;br /&gt;term:"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;A direct quotation formally introduced is generally preceded by&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;a colon: "The great orator made this funny remark:"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The colon is often used in the title of books when the secondary&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;or subtitle is in apposition to the leading one and when the&lt;br /&gt;conjunction &lt;i&gt;or&lt;/i&gt; is omitted: "Acoustics: the Science of&lt;br /&gt;Sound."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;It is used after the salutation in the beginning of letters:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"Sir: My dear Sir: Gentlemen: Dear Mr. Jones:" etc. In this&lt;br /&gt;connection a dash very often follows the colon.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;It is sometimes used to introduce details of a group of things&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;already referred to in the mass: "The boy's excuses for being late&lt;br /&gt;were: firstly, he did not know the time, secondly, he was sent on&lt;br /&gt;an errand, thirdly, he tripped on a rock and fell by the&lt;br /&gt;wayside."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Period&lt;/i&gt; is the simplest punctuation mark. It is simply&lt;br /&gt;used to mark the end of a complete sentence that is neither&lt;br /&gt;interrogative nor exclamatory.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;After every sentence conveying a complete meaning: "Birds fly."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"Plants grow." "Man is mortal."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;In abbreviations: after every abbreviated word: Rt. Rev. T. C.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Alexander, D.D., L.L.D.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;A period is used on the title pages of books after the name of&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;the book, after the author's name, after the publisher's imprint:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;American Trails&lt;/i&gt;. By Theodore Roosevelt. New York. Scribner&lt;br /&gt;Company.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Mark of Interrogation&lt;/i&gt; is used to ask or suggest a&lt;br /&gt;question.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Every question admitting of an answer, even when it is not&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;expected, should be followed by the mark of interrogation: "Who has&lt;br /&gt;not heard of Napoleon?"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;When several questions have a common dependence they should be&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;followed by one mark of interrogation at the end of the series:&lt;br /&gt;"Where now are the playthings and friends of my boyhood; the&lt;br /&gt;laughing boys; the winsome girls; the fond neighbors whom I&lt;br /&gt;loved?"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The mark is often used parenthetically to suggest doubt: "In&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;1893 (?) Gladstone became converted to Home Rule for&lt;br /&gt;Ireland."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Exclamation&lt;/i&gt; point should be sparingly used,&lt;br /&gt;particularly in prose. Its chief use is to denote emotion of some&lt;br /&gt;kind.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;It is generally employed with interjections or clauses used as&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;interjections: "Alas! I am forsaken." "What a lovely&lt;br /&gt;landscape!"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Expressions of strong emotion call for the exclamation: "Charge,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Chester, charge! On, Stanley, on!"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;When the emotion is very strong double exclamation points may be&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;used: "Assist him!! I would rather assist Satan!!"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Dash&lt;/i&gt; is generally confined to cases where there is a&lt;br /&gt;sudden break from the general run of the passage. Of all the&lt;br /&gt;punctuation marks it is the most misused.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;It is employed to denote sudden change in the construction or&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;sentiment: "The Heroes of the Civil War,—how we cherish&lt;br /&gt;them." "He was a fine fellow—in his own opinion."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;When a word or expression is repeated for oratorical effect, a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;dash is used to introduce the repetition: "Shakespeare was the&lt;br /&gt;greatest of all poets—Shakespeare, the intellectual ocean&lt;br /&gt;whose waves washed the continents of all thought."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The Dash is used to indicate a conclusion without expressing it:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"He is an excellent man but—"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;It is used to indicate what is not expected or what is not the&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;natural outcome of what has gone before: "He delved deep into the&lt;br /&gt;bowels of the earth and found instead of the hidden&lt;br /&gt;treasure—a button."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;It is used to denote the omission of letters or figures:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"J—n J—s for John Jones; 1908-9 for 1908 and 1909;&lt;br /&gt;Matthew VII:5-8 for Matthew VII:5, 6, 7, and 8.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;When an ellipsis of the words, &lt;i&gt;namely, that is, to wit,&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;etc., takes place, the dash is used to supply them: "He excelled in&lt;br /&gt;three branches—arithmetic, algebra, and geometry."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;A dash is used to denote the omission of part of a word when it&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;is undesirable to write the full word: He is somewhat of a&lt;br /&gt;r——l (rascal). This is especially the case in profane&lt;br /&gt;words.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Between a citation and the authority for it there is generally a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;dash: "All the world's a stage."—&lt;i&gt;Shakespeare&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;When questions and answers are put in the same paragraph they&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;should be separated by dashes: "Are you a good boy? Yes,&lt;br /&gt;Sir.—Do you love study? I do."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Marks of Parenthesis&lt;/i&gt; are used to separate expressions&lt;br /&gt;inserted in the body of a sentence, which are illustrative of the&lt;br /&gt;meaning, but have no essential connection with the sentence, and&lt;br /&gt;could be done without. They should be used as little as possible&lt;br /&gt;for they show that something is being brought into a sentence that&lt;br /&gt;does not belong to it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;When the unity of a sentence is broken the words causing the&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;break should be enclosed in parenthesis: "We cannot believe a liar&lt;br /&gt;(and Jones is one), even when he speaks the truth."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;In reports of speeches marks of parenthesis are used to denote&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;interpolations of approval or disapproval by the audience: "The&lt;br /&gt;masses must not submit to the tyranny of the classes (hear, hear),&lt;br /&gt;we must show the trust magnates (groans), that they cannot ride&lt;br /&gt;rough-shod over our dearest rights (cheers);" "If the gentleman&lt;br /&gt;from Ohio (Mr. Brown), will not be our spokesman, we must select&lt;br /&gt;another. (A voice,—Get Robinson)."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;When a parenthesis is inserted in the sentence where no comma is&lt;br /&gt;required, no point should be used before either parenthesis. When&lt;br /&gt;inserted at a place requiring a comma, if the parenthetical matter&lt;br /&gt;relates to the whole sentence, a comma should be used before each&lt;br /&gt;parenthesis; if it relates to a single word, or short clause, no&lt;br /&gt;stop should come before it, but a comma should be put after the&lt;br /&gt;closing parenthesis.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Quotation marks&lt;/i&gt; are used to show that the words&lt;br /&gt;enclosed by them are borrowed.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;A direct quotation should be enclosed within the quotation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;marks: Abraham Lincoln said,—"I shall make this land too hot&lt;br /&gt;for the feet of slaves."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;When a quotation is embraced within another, the contained&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;quotation has only single marks: Franklin said, "Most men come to&lt;br /&gt;believe 'honesty is the best policy.'"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;When a quotation consists of several paragraphs the quotation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;marks should precede each paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Titles of books, pictures and newspapers when formally given are&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;quoted.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Often the names of ships are quoted though there is no occasion&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;for it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Apostrophe&lt;/i&gt; should come under the comma rather than&lt;br /&gt;under the quotation marks or double comma. The word is Greek and&lt;br /&gt;signifies a turning away from. The letter elided or turned away is&lt;br /&gt;generally an &lt;i&gt;e&lt;/i&gt;. In poetry and familiar dialogue the&lt;br /&gt;apostrophe marks the elision of a syllable, as "I've for I have";&lt;br /&gt;"Thou'rt for thou art"; "you'll for you will," etc. Sometimes it is&lt;br /&gt;necessary to abbreviate a word by leaving out several letters. In&lt;br /&gt;such case the apostrophe takes the place of the omitted letters as&lt;br /&gt;"cont'd for continued." The apostrophe is used to denote the&lt;br /&gt;elision of the century in dates, where the century is understood or&lt;br /&gt;to save the repetition of a series of figures, as "The Spirit of&lt;br /&gt;'76"; "I served in the army during the years 1895, '96, '97, '98&lt;br /&gt;and '99." The principal use of the apostrophe is to denote the&lt;br /&gt;possessive case. All nouns in the singular number whether proper&lt;br /&gt;names or not, and all nouns in the plural ending with any other&lt;br /&gt;letter than &lt;i&gt;s&lt;/i&gt;, form the possessive by the addition of the&lt;br /&gt;apostrophe and the letter &lt;i&gt;s&lt;/i&gt;. The only exceptions to this&lt;br /&gt;rule are, that, by poetical license the additional &lt;i&gt;s&lt;/i&gt; may be&lt;br /&gt;elided in poetry for sake of the metre, and in the scriptural&lt;br /&gt;phrases "For goodness' sake." "For conscience' sake," "For Jesus'&lt;br /&gt;sake," etc. Custom has done away with the &lt;i&gt;s&lt;/i&gt; and these&lt;br /&gt;phrases are now idioms of the language. All plural nouns ending in&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;s&lt;/i&gt; form the possessive by the addition of the apostrophe only&lt;br /&gt;as boys', horses'. The possessive case of the personal pronouns&lt;br /&gt;never take the apostrophe, as ours, yours, hers, theirs.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;CAPITAL LETTERS&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Capital letters&lt;/i&gt; are used to give emphasis to or call&lt;br /&gt;attention to certain words to distinguish them from the context. In&lt;br /&gt;manuscripts they may be written small or large and are indicated by&lt;br /&gt;lines drawn underneath, two lines for SMALL CAPITALS and three&lt;br /&gt;lines for CAPITALS.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Some authors, notably Carlyle, make such use of Capitals that it&lt;br /&gt;degenerates into an abuse. They should only be used in their proper&lt;br /&gt;places as given in the table below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The first word of every sentence, in fact the first word in&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;writing of any kind should begin with a capital; as, "Time flies."&lt;br /&gt;"My dear friend."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Every direct quotation should begin with a capital; "Dewey&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;said,—'Fire, when you're ready, Gridley!'"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Every direct question commences with a capital; "Let me ask you;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;'How old are you?'"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Every line of poetry begins with a capital; "Breathes there a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;man with soul so dead?"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Every numbered clause calls for a capital: "The witness asserts:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;(1) That he saw the man attacked; (2) That he saw him fall; (3)&lt;br /&gt;That he saw his assailant flee."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The headings of essays and chapters should be wholly in&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;capitals; as, CHAPTER VIII—RULES FOR USE OF&lt;br /&gt;CAPITALS.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the titles of books, nouns, pronouns, adjectives and adverbs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;should begin with a capital; as, "Johnson's Lives of the&lt;br /&gt;Poets."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the Roman notation numbers are denoted by capitals; as, I II&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;III V X L C D M—1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 50, 100, 500, 1000.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Proper names begin with a capital; as, "Jones, Johnson, Caesar,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Mark Antony, England, Pacific, Christmas."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Such words as river, sea, mountain, etc., when used generally&lt;br /&gt;are common, not proper nouns, and require no capital. But when such&lt;br /&gt;are used with an adjective or adjunct to specify a particular&lt;br /&gt;object they become proper names, and therefore require a capital;&lt;br /&gt;as, "Mississippi River, North Sea, Alleghany Mountains," etc. In&lt;br /&gt;like manner the cardinal points north, south, east and west, when&lt;br /&gt;they are used to distinguish regions of a country are capitals; as,&lt;br /&gt;"The North fought against the South."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;When a proper name is compounded with another word, the part&lt;br /&gt;which is not a proper name begins with a capital if it precedes,&lt;br /&gt;but with a small letter if it follows, the hyphen; as&lt;br /&gt;"Post-homeric," "Sunday-school."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Words derived from proper names require a Capital; as,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"American, Irish, Christian, Americanize, Christianize."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In this connection the names of political parties, religious&lt;br /&gt;sects and schools of thought begin with capitals; as, "Republican,&lt;br /&gt;Democrat, Whig, Catholic, Presbyterian, Rationalists, Free&lt;br /&gt;Thinkers."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The titles of honorable, state and political offices begin with&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;a capital; as, "President, Chairman, Governor, Alderman."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The abbreviations of learned titles and college degrees call for&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;capitals; as, "LL.D., M.A., B.S.," etc. Also the seats of learning&lt;br /&gt;conferring such degrees as, "Harvard University, Manhattan&lt;br /&gt;College," etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;When such relative words as father, mother, brother, sister,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;uncle, aunt, etc., precede a proper name, they are written and&lt;br /&gt;printed with capitals; as, Father Abraham, Mother Eddy, Brother&lt;br /&gt;John, Sister Jane, Uncle Jacob, Aunt Eliza. Father, when used to&lt;br /&gt;denote the early Christian writer, is begun with a capital;&lt;br /&gt;"Augustine was one of the learned Fathers of the Church."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The names applied to the Supreme Being begin with capitals:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"God, Lord, Creator, Providence, Almighty, The Deity, Heavenly&lt;br /&gt;Father, Holy One." In this respect the names applied to the Saviour&lt;br /&gt;also require capitals: "Jesus Christ, Son of God, Man of Galilee,&lt;br /&gt;The Crucified, The Anointed One." Also the designations of Biblical&lt;br /&gt;characters as "Lily of Israel, Rose of Sharon, Comfortress of the&lt;br /&gt;Afflicted, Help of Christians, Prince of the Apostles, Star of the&lt;br /&gt;Sea," etc. Pronouns referring to God and Christ take capitals; as,&lt;br /&gt;"His work, The work of Him, etc."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Expressions used to designate the Bible or any particular&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;division of it begin with a capital; as, "Holy Writ, The Sacred&lt;br /&gt;Book, Holy Book, God's Word, Old Testament, New Testament, Gospel&lt;br /&gt;of St. Matthew, Seven Penitential Psalms."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Expressions based upon the Bible or in reference to Biblical&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;characters begin with a capital: "Water of Life, Hope of Men, Help&lt;br /&gt;of Christians, Scourge of Nations."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The names applied to the Evil One require capitals: "Beelzebub,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Prince of Darkness, Satan, King of Hell, Devil, Incarnate Fiend,&lt;br /&gt;Tempter of Men, Father of Lies, Hater of Good."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Words of very special importance, especially those which stand&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;out as the names of leading events in history, have capitals; as,&lt;br /&gt;"The Revolution, The Civil War, The Middle Ages, The Age of Iron,"&lt;br /&gt;etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Terms which refer to great events in the history of the race&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;require capitals; "The Flood, Magna Charta, Declaration of&lt;br /&gt;Independence."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The names of the days of the week and the months of the year and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;the seasons are commenced with capitals: "Monday, March,&lt;br /&gt;Autumn."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The Pronoun &lt;i&gt;I&lt;/i&gt; and the interjection &lt;i&gt;O&lt;/i&gt; always&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;require the use of capitals. In fact all the interjections when&lt;br /&gt;uttered as exclamations commence with capitals: "Alas! he is gone."&lt;br /&gt;"Ah! I pitied him."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;All &lt;i&gt;noms-de-guerre&lt;/i&gt;, assumed names, as well as names given&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;for distinction, call for capitals, as, "The Wizard of the North,"&lt;br /&gt;"Paul Pry," "The Northern Gael," "Sandy Sanderson," "Poor Robin,"&lt;br /&gt;etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;In personification, that is, when inanimate things are&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;represented as endowed with life and action, the noun or object&lt;br /&gt;personified begins with a capital; as, "The starry Night shook the&lt;br /&gt;dews from her wings." "Mild-eyed Day appeared," "The Oak said to&lt;br /&gt;the Beech—'I am stronger than you.'"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!--
google_ad_client = "pub-9096640032113380";
//feeds_468x60, created 1/28/08
google_ad_slot = "7102324723";
google_ad_width = 468;
google_ad_height = 60;
//--&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;script type="text/javascript"
src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;
&lt;/script&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4738678906894242794-3911366571396119685?l=speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/3911366571396119685/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4738678906894242794&amp;postID=3911366571396119685" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/3911366571396119685?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/3911366571396119685?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly/~3/F1hf_FDo5S0/chapter-v-punctuation.html" title="Chapter V: Punctuation" /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/2008/02/chapter-v-punctuation.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CkEBQng7fSp7ImA9WxZRGU4.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794.post-3964202545172706400</id><published>2008-02-05T12:34:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2008-02-13T11:24:13.605-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2008-02-13T11:24:13.605-08:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Figurative language" /><title>Chapter IV: Figurative Language</title><content type="html">&lt;center&gt;Here we are at chapter 4 already.  I'm telling you this stuff is pretty tough for me. So many details.  I just try the best I can.  I've learned so much in the past 3 chapters.  Now my head is getting all little bit confused.&lt;br /&gt;I hope you're not, enjoy your study!  Ratcha.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2 id="CHAPTER_IV"&gt;CHAPTER IV&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;FIGURATIVE LANGUAGE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Figures of Speech—Definitions and Examples —Use of&lt;br /&gt;Figures&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;i&gt;Figurative Language&lt;/i&gt; we employ words in such a way that&lt;br /&gt;they differ somewhat from their ordinary signification in&lt;br /&gt;commonplace speech and convey our meaning in a more vivid and&lt;br /&gt;impressive manner than when we use them in their every-day sense.&lt;br /&gt;Figures make speech more effective, they beautify and emphasize it&lt;br /&gt;and give to it a relish and piquancy as salt does to food; besides&lt;br /&gt;they add energy and force to expression so that it irresistibly&lt;br /&gt;compels attention and interest. There are four kinds of figures,&lt;br /&gt;viz.: (1) Figures of Orthography which change the spelling of a&lt;br /&gt;word; (2) Figures of Etymology which change the form of words; (3)&lt;br /&gt;Figures of Syntax which change the construction of sentences; (4)&lt;br /&gt;Figures of Rhetoric or the art of speaking and writing effectively&lt;br /&gt;which change the mode of thought.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;We shall only consider the last mentioned here as they are the&lt;br /&gt;most important, really giving to language the construction and&lt;br /&gt;style which make it a fitting medium for the intercommunication of&lt;br /&gt;ideas.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Figures of Rhetoric have been variously classified, some&lt;br /&gt;authorities extending the list to a useless length. The fact is&lt;br /&gt;that any form of expression which conveys thought may be classified&lt;br /&gt;as a Figure.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The principal figures as well as the most important and those&lt;br /&gt;oftenest used are, &lt;i&gt;Simile, Metaphor, Personification, Allegory,&lt;br /&gt;Synechdoche, Metonymy, Exclamation, Hyperbole, Apostrophe, Vision,&lt;br /&gt;Antithesis, Climax, Epigram, Interrogation&lt;/i&gt; and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Irony&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The first four are founded on &lt;i&gt;resemblance&lt;/i&gt;, the second six&lt;br /&gt;on &lt;i&gt;contiguity&lt;/i&gt; and the third five, on &lt;i&gt;contrast&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;Simile&lt;/i&gt; (from the Latin &lt;i&gt;similis&lt;/i&gt;, like), is the&lt;br /&gt;likening of one thing to another, a statement of the resemblance of&lt;br /&gt;objects, acts, or relations; as "In his awful anger he was&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;like&lt;/i&gt; the storm-driven waves dashing against the rock." A&lt;br /&gt;simile makes the principal object plainer and impresses it more&lt;br /&gt;forcibly on the mind. "His memory is like wax to receive&lt;br /&gt;impressions and like marble to retain them." This brings out the&lt;br /&gt;leading idea as to the man's memory in a very forceful manner.&lt;br /&gt;Contrast it with the simple statement—"His memory is good."&lt;br /&gt;Sometimes &lt;i&gt;Simile&lt;/i&gt; is prostituted to a low and degrading use;&lt;br /&gt;as "His face was like a danger signal in a fog storm." "Her hair&lt;br /&gt;was like a furze-bush in bloom." "He was to his lady love as a&lt;br /&gt;poodle to its mistress." Such burlesque is never permissible. Mere&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;likeness&lt;/i&gt;, it should be remembered, does not constitute a&lt;br /&gt;simile. For instance there is no simile when one city is compared&lt;br /&gt;to another. In order that there may be a rhetorical simile, the&lt;br /&gt;objects compared must be of different classes. Avoid the old&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;trite&lt;/i&gt; similes such as comparing a hero to a lion. Such were&lt;br /&gt;played out long ago. And don't hunt for farfetched similes. Don't&lt;br /&gt;say—"Her head was glowing as the glorious god of day when he&lt;br /&gt;sets in a flambeau of splendor behind the purple-tinted hills of&lt;br /&gt;the West." It is much better to do without such a simile and simply&lt;br /&gt;say—"She had fiery red hair."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;Metaphor&lt;/i&gt; (from the Greek &lt;i&gt;metapherein&lt;/i&gt;, to carry&lt;br /&gt;over or transfer), is a word used to &lt;i&gt;imply&lt;/i&gt; a resemblance but&lt;br /&gt;instead of likening one object to another as in the &lt;i&gt;simile&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;we directly substitute the action or operation of one for another.&lt;br /&gt;If, of a religious man we say,—"He is as a great pillar&lt;br /&gt;upholding the church," the expression is a &lt;i&gt;simile&lt;/i&gt;, but if we&lt;br /&gt;say—"He is a great pillar upholding the church" it is a&lt;br /&gt;metaphor. The metaphor is a bolder and more lively figure than the&lt;br /&gt;simile. It is more like a picture and hence, the graphic use of&lt;br /&gt;metaphor is called "word-painting." It enables us to give to the&lt;br /&gt;most abstract ideas form, color and life. Our language is full of&lt;br /&gt;metaphors, and we very often use them quite unconsciously. For&lt;br /&gt;instance, when we speak of the &lt;i&gt;bed&lt;/i&gt; of a river, the&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;shoulder&lt;/i&gt; of a hill, the &lt;i&gt;foot&lt;/i&gt; of a mountain, the&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;hands&lt;/i&gt; of a clock, the &lt;i&gt;key&lt;/i&gt; of a situation, we are&lt;br /&gt;using metaphors.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Don't use mixed metaphors, that is, different metaphors in&lt;br /&gt;relation to the same subject: "Since it was launched our project&lt;br /&gt;has met with much opposition, but while its flight has not reached&lt;br /&gt;the heights ambitioned, we are yet sanguine we shall drive it to&lt;br /&gt;success." Here our project begins as a &lt;i&gt;ship&lt;/i&gt;, then becomes a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;bird&lt;/i&gt; and finally winds up as a &lt;i&gt;horse&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Personification&lt;/i&gt; (from the Latin &lt;i&gt;persona&lt;/i&gt;, person,&lt;br /&gt;and &lt;i&gt;facere&lt;/i&gt;, to make) is the treating of an inanimate object&lt;br /&gt;as if it were animate and is probably the most beautiful and&lt;br /&gt;effective of all the figures.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"The mountains &lt;i&gt;sing&lt;/i&gt; together, the hills &lt;i&gt;rejoice&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;and &lt;i&gt;clap&lt;/i&gt; their hands."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"Earth &lt;i&gt;felt&lt;/i&gt; the wound; and Nature from her seat,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sighing&lt;/i&gt;, through all her works, gave signs of woe."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Personification depends much on a vivid imagination and is&lt;br /&gt;adapted especially to poetical composition. It has two&lt;br /&gt;distinguishable forms: (1) when personality is ascribed to the&lt;br /&gt;inanimate as in the foregoing examples, and (2) when some quality&lt;br /&gt;of life is attributed to the inanimate; as, a &lt;i&gt;raging&lt;/i&gt; storm;&lt;br /&gt;an &lt;i&gt;angry&lt;/i&gt; sea; a &lt;i&gt;whistling&lt;/i&gt; wind, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;An &lt;i&gt;Allegory&lt;/i&gt; (from the Greek &lt;i&gt;allos,&lt;/i&gt; other, and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;agoreuein,&lt;/i&gt; to speak), is a form of expression in which the&lt;br /&gt;words are symbolical of something. It is very closely allied to the&lt;br /&gt;metaphor, in fact is a continued metaphor.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Allegory&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;metaphor&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;simile&lt;/i&gt; have three&lt;br /&gt;points in common,—they are all founded on resemblance.&lt;br /&gt;"Ireland is like a thorn in the side of England;" this is simile.&lt;br /&gt;"Ireland &lt;i&gt;is&lt;/i&gt; a thorn in the side of England;" this is&lt;br /&gt;metaphor. "Once a great giant sprang up out of the sea and lived on&lt;br /&gt;an island all by himself. On looking around he discovered a little&lt;br /&gt;girl on another small island near by. He thought the little girl&lt;br /&gt;could be useful to him in many ways so he determined to make her&lt;br /&gt;subservient to his will. He commanded her, but she refused to obey,&lt;br /&gt;then he resorted to very harsh measures with the little girl, but&lt;br /&gt;she still remained obstinate and obdurate. He continued to oppress&lt;br /&gt;her until finally she rebelled and became as a thorn in his side to&lt;br /&gt;prick him for his evil attitude towards her;" this is an allegory&lt;br /&gt;in which the giant plainly represents England and the little girl,&lt;br /&gt;Ireland; the implication is manifest though no mention is made of&lt;br /&gt;either country. Strange to say the most perfect allegory in the&lt;br /&gt;English language was written by an almost illiterate and ignorant&lt;br /&gt;man, and written too, in a dungeon cell. In the "Pilgrim's&lt;br /&gt;Progress," Bunyan, the itinerant tinker, has given us by far the&lt;br /&gt;best allegory ever penned. Another good one is "The Faerie Queen"&lt;br /&gt;by Edmund Spenser.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Synecdoche&lt;/i&gt; (from the Greek, &lt;i&gt;sun&lt;/i&gt; with, and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;ekdexesthai&lt;/i&gt;, to receive), is a figure of speech which&lt;br /&gt;expresses either more or less than it literally denotes. By it we&lt;br /&gt;give to an object a name which literally expresses something more&lt;br /&gt;or something less than we intend. Thus: we speak of the world when&lt;br /&gt;we mean only a very limited number of the people who compose the&lt;br /&gt;world: as, "The world treated him badly." Here we use the whole for&lt;br /&gt;a part. But the most common form of this figure is that in which a&lt;br /&gt;part is used for the whole; as, "I have twenty head of cattle,"&lt;br /&gt;"One of his &lt;i&gt;hands&lt;/i&gt; was assassinated," meaning one of his men.&lt;br /&gt;"Twenty &lt;i&gt;sail&lt;/i&gt; came into the harbor," meaning twenty ships.&lt;br /&gt;"This is a fine marble," meaning a marble statue.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Metonymy&lt;/i&gt; (from the Greek &lt;i&gt;meta&lt;/i&gt;, change, and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;onyma&lt;/i&gt;, a name) is the designation of an object by one of its&lt;br /&gt;accompaniments, in other words, it is a figure by which the name of&lt;br /&gt;one object is put for another when the two are so related that the&lt;br /&gt;mention of one readily suggests the other. Thus when we say of a&lt;br /&gt;drunkard—"He loves the bottle" we do not mean that he loves&lt;br /&gt;the glass receptacle, but the liquor that it is supposed to&lt;br /&gt;contain. Metonymy, generally speaking, has, three subdivisions: (1)&lt;br /&gt;when an effect is put for cause or &lt;i&gt;vice versa&lt;/i&gt;: as "&lt;i&gt;Gray&lt;br /&gt;hairs&lt;/i&gt; should be respected," meaning old age. "He writes a fine&lt;br /&gt;hand," that is, handwriting. (2) when the &lt;i&gt;sign&lt;/i&gt; is put for&lt;br /&gt;the &lt;i&gt;thing signified&lt;/i&gt;; as, "The pen is mightier than the&lt;br /&gt;sword," meaning literary power is superior to military force. (3)&lt;br /&gt;When the &lt;i&gt;container&lt;/i&gt; is put for the thing contained; as "The&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;House&lt;/i&gt; was called to order," meaning the members in the&lt;br /&gt;House.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Exclamation&lt;/i&gt; (from the Latin &lt;i&gt;ex&lt;/i&gt;, out, and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;clamare&lt;/i&gt;, to cry), is a figure by which the speaker instead&lt;br /&gt;of stating a fact, simply utters an expression of surprise or&lt;br /&gt;emotion. For instance when he hears some harrowing tale of woe or&lt;br /&gt;misfortune instead of saying,—"It is a sad story" he exclaims&lt;br /&gt;"What a sad story!"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Exclamation may be defined as the vocal expression of feeling,&lt;br /&gt;though it is also applied to written forms which are intended to&lt;br /&gt;express emotion. Thus in describing a towering mountain we can&lt;br /&gt;write "Heavens, what a piece of Nature's handiwork! how majestic!&lt;br /&gt;how sublime! how awe-inspiring in its colossal impressiveness!"&lt;br /&gt;This figure rather belongs to poetry and animated oratory than to&lt;br /&gt;the cold prose of every-day conversation and writing.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Hyperbole&lt;/i&gt; (from the Greek &lt;i&gt;hyper&lt;/i&gt;, beyond, and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;ballein&lt;/i&gt;, to throw), is an exaggerated form of statement and&lt;br /&gt;simply consists in representing things to be either greater or&lt;br /&gt;less, better or worse than they really are. Its object is to make&lt;br /&gt;the thought more effective by overstating it. Here are some&lt;br /&gt;examples:—"He was so tall his head touched the clouds." "He&lt;br /&gt;was as thin as a poker." "He was so light that a breath might have&lt;br /&gt;blown him away." Most people are liable to overwork this figure. We&lt;br /&gt;are all more or less given to exaggeration and some of us do not&lt;br /&gt;stop there, but proceed onward to falsehood and downright lying.&lt;br /&gt;There should be a limit to hyperbole, and in ordinary speech and&lt;br /&gt;writing it should be well qualified and kept within reasonable&lt;br /&gt;bounds.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;An &lt;i&gt;Apostrophe&lt;/i&gt; (from the Greek &lt;i&gt;apo&lt;/i&gt;, from, and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;strephein&lt;/i&gt;, to turn), is a direct address to the absent as&lt;br /&gt;present, to the inanimate as living, or to the abstract as&lt;br /&gt;personal. Thus: "O, illustrious Washington! Father of our Country!&lt;br /&gt;Could you visit us now!"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    "My Country tis of thee—&lt;br /&gt;     Sweet land of liberty,&lt;br /&gt;     Of thee I sing."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"O! Grave, where is thy Victory, O! Death where is thy sting!"&lt;br /&gt;This figure is very closely allied to Personification.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Vision&lt;/i&gt; (from the Latin &lt;i&gt;videre&lt;/i&gt;, to see) consists in&lt;br /&gt;treating the past, the future, or the remote as if present in time&lt;br /&gt;or place. It is appropriate to animated description, as it produces&lt;br /&gt;the effect of an ideal presence. "The old warrior looks down from&lt;br /&gt;the canvas and tells us to be men worthy of our sires."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;This figure is much exemplified in the Bible. The book of&lt;br /&gt;Revelation is a vision of the future. The author who uses the&lt;br /&gt;figure most is Carlyle.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;An &lt;i&gt;Antithesis&lt;/i&gt; (from the Greek &lt;i&gt;anti&lt;/i&gt;, against, and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;tithenai&lt;/i&gt;, to set) is founded on contrast; it consists in&lt;br /&gt;putting two unlike things in such a position that each will appear&lt;br /&gt;more striking by the contrast.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    "Ring out the old, ring in the new,&lt;br /&gt;     Ring out the false, ring in the true."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"Let us be &lt;i&gt;friends&lt;/i&gt; in peace, but &lt;i&gt;enemies&lt;/i&gt; in&lt;br /&gt;war."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here is a fine antithesis in the description of a steam&lt;br /&gt;engine—"It can engrave a seal and crush masses of obdurate&lt;br /&gt;metal before it; draw out, without breaking, a thread as fine as a&lt;br /&gt;gossamer; and lift up a ship of war like a bauble in the air; it&lt;br /&gt;can embroider muslin and forge anchors; cut steel into ribands, and&lt;br /&gt;impel loaded vessels against the fury of winds and waves."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Climax&lt;/i&gt; (from the Greek, &lt;i&gt;klimax,&lt;/i&gt; a ladder), is an&lt;br /&gt;arrangement of thoughts and ideas in a series, each part of which&lt;br /&gt;gets stronger and more impressive until the last one, which&lt;br /&gt;emphasizes the force of all the preceding ones. "He risked truth,&lt;br /&gt;he risked honor, he risked fame, he risked all that men hold&lt;br /&gt;dear,—yea, he risked life itself, and for what?—for a&lt;br /&gt;creature who was not worthy to tie his shoe-latchets when he was&lt;br /&gt;his better self."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Epigram&lt;/i&gt; (from the Greek &lt;i&gt;epi&lt;/i&gt;, upon, and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;graphein&lt;/i&gt;, to write), originally meant an inscription on a&lt;br /&gt;monument, hence it came to signify any pointed expression. It now&lt;br /&gt;means a statement or any brief saying in prose or poetry in which&lt;br /&gt;there is an apparent contradiction; as, "Conspicuous for his&lt;br /&gt;absence." "Beauty when unadorned is most adorned." "He was too&lt;br /&gt;foolish to commit folly." "He was so wealthy that he could not&lt;br /&gt;spare the money."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Interrogation&lt;/i&gt; (from the Latin &lt;i&gt;interrogatio&lt;/i&gt;, a&lt;br /&gt;question), is a figure of speech in which an assertion is made by&lt;br /&gt;asking a question; as, "Does God not show justice to all?" "Is he&lt;br /&gt;not doing right in his course?" "What can a man do under the&lt;br /&gt;circumstances?"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Irony&lt;/i&gt; (from the Greek &lt;i&gt;eironcia&lt;/i&gt;, dissimulation) is&lt;br /&gt;a form of expression in which the opposite is substituted for what&lt;br /&gt;is intended, with the end in view, that the falsity or absurdity&lt;br /&gt;may be apparent; as, "Benedict Arnold was an &lt;i&gt;honorable&lt;/i&gt; man."&lt;br /&gt;"A Judas Iscariot never &lt;i&gt;betrays&lt;/i&gt; a friend." "You can always&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;depend&lt;/i&gt; upon the word of a liar."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Irony is cousin germain to &lt;i&gt;ridicule&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;derision&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;mockery&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;satire&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;sarcasm&lt;/i&gt;. &lt;i&gt;Ridicule&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;implies laughter mingled with contempt; &lt;i&gt;derision&lt;/i&gt; is ridicule&lt;br /&gt;from a personal feeling of hostility; &lt;i&gt;mockery&lt;/i&gt; is insulting&lt;br /&gt;derision; &lt;i&gt;satire&lt;/i&gt; is witty mockery; &lt;i&gt;sarcasm&lt;/i&gt; is bitter&lt;br /&gt;satire and &lt;i&gt;irony&lt;/i&gt; is disguised satire.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are many other figures of speech which give piquancy to&lt;br /&gt;language and play upon words in such a way as to convey a meaning&lt;br /&gt;different from their ordinary signification in common every-day&lt;br /&gt;speech and writing. The golden rule for all is to &lt;i&gt;keep them in&lt;br /&gt;harmony with the character and purpose of speech and&lt;br /&gt;composition&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!--
google_ad_client = "pub-9096640032113380";
//feeds_468x60, created 1/28/08
google_ad_slot = "7102324723";
google_ad_width = 468;
google_ad_height = 60;
//--&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;script type="text/javascript"
src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;
&lt;/script&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4738678906894242794-3964202545172706400?l=speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/3964202545172706400/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4738678906894242794&amp;postID=3964202545172706400" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/3964202545172706400?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/3964202545172706400?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly/~3/kLWTsD21fGw/chapter-iv-figurative-language.html" title="Chapter IV: Figurative Language" /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/2008/02/chapter-iv-figurative-language.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CUEARHs-fCp7ImA9WxZREkk.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794.post-62756856975084107</id><published>2008-02-05T12:24:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2008-02-05T12:34:05.554-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2008-02-05T12:34:05.554-08:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="The sentence" /><title>Chapter III : The Sentence</title><content type="html">&lt;h2 id="CHAPTER_III"&gt;CHAPTER III&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;THE SENTENCE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Different Kinds—Arrangement of&lt;br /&gt;Words—Paragraph&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A sentence is an assemblage of words so arranged as to convey a&lt;br /&gt;determinate sense or meaning, in other words, to express a complete&lt;br /&gt;thought or idea. No matter how short, it must contain one finite&lt;br /&gt;verb and a subject or agent to direct the action of the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"Birds fly;" "Fish swim;" "Men walk;"—are sentences.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A sentence always contains two parts, something spoken about and&lt;br /&gt;something said about it. The word or words indicating what is&lt;br /&gt;spoken about form what is called the &lt;i&gt;subject&lt;/i&gt; and the word or&lt;br /&gt;words indicating what is said about it form what is called the&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;predicate&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the sentences given, &lt;i&gt;birds&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;fish&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;men&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;are the subjects, while &lt;i&gt;fly&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;swim&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;walk&lt;/i&gt; are&lt;br /&gt;the predicates.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are three kinds of sentences, &lt;i&gt;simple&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;compound&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;complex&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;simple sentence&lt;/i&gt; expresses a single thought and&lt;br /&gt;consists of one subject and one predicate, as, "Man is mortal."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;compound sentence&lt;/i&gt; consists of two or more simple&lt;br /&gt;sentences of equal importance the parts of which are either&lt;br /&gt;expressed or understood, as, "The men work in the fields and the&lt;br /&gt;women work in the household," or "The men work in the fields and&lt;br /&gt;the women in the household" or "The men and women work in the&lt;br /&gt;fields and in the household."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;complex sentence&lt;/i&gt; consists of two or more simple&lt;br /&gt;sentences so combined that one depends on the other to complete its&lt;br /&gt;meaning; as; "When he returns, I shall go on my vacation." Here the&lt;br /&gt;words, "when he returns" are dependent on the rest of the sentence&lt;br /&gt;for their meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;clause&lt;/i&gt; is a separate part of a complex sentence, as&lt;br /&gt;"when he returns" in the last example.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;phrase&lt;/i&gt; consists of two or more words without a finite&lt;br /&gt;verb.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Without a finite verb we cannot affirm anything or convey an&lt;br /&gt;idea, therefore we can have no sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Infinitives and participles which are the infinite parts of the&lt;br /&gt;verb cannot be predicates. "I looking up the street" is not a&lt;br /&gt;sentence, for it is not a complete action expressed. When we hear&lt;br /&gt;such an expression as "A dog running along the street," we wait for&lt;br /&gt;something more to be added, something more affirmed about the dog,&lt;br /&gt;whether he bit or barked or fell dead or was run over.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Thus in every sentence there must be a finite verb to limit the&lt;br /&gt;subject.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;When the verb is transitive, that is, when the action cannot&lt;br /&gt;happen without affecting something, the thing affected is called&lt;br /&gt;the &lt;i&gt;object&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Thus in "Cain killed Abel" the action of the killing affected&lt;br /&gt;Abel. In "The cat has caught a mouse," mouse is the object of the&lt;br /&gt;catching.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS IN A SENTENCE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Of course in simple sentences the natural order of arrangement&lt;br /&gt;is subject—verb—object. In many cases no other form is&lt;br /&gt;possible. Thus in the sentence "The cat has caught a mouse," we&lt;br /&gt;cannot reverse it and say "The mouse has caught a cat" without&lt;br /&gt;destroying the meaning, and in any other form of arrangement, such&lt;br /&gt;as "A mouse, the cat has caught," we feel that while it is&lt;br /&gt;intelligible, it is a poor way of expressing the fact and one which&lt;br /&gt;jars upon us more or less.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In longer sentences, however, when there are more words than&lt;br /&gt;what are barely necessary for subject, verb and object, we have&lt;br /&gt;greater freedom of arrangement and can so place the words as to&lt;br /&gt;give the best effect. The proper placing of words depends upon&lt;br /&gt;perspicuity and precision. These two combined give &lt;i&gt;style&lt;/i&gt; to&lt;br /&gt;the structure.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Most people are familiar with Gray's line in the immortal&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Elegy&lt;/i&gt;—"The ploughman homeward plods his weary way."&lt;br /&gt;This line can be paraphrased to read 18 different ways. Here are a&lt;br /&gt;few variations:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Homeward the ploughman plods his weary way.&lt;br /&gt;    The ploughman plods his weary way homeward.&lt;br /&gt;    Plods homeward the ploughman his weary way.&lt;br /&gt;    His weary way the ploughman homeward plods.&lt;br /&gt;    Homeward his weary way plods the ploughman.&lt;br /&gt;    Plods the ploughman his weary way homeward.&lt;br /&gt;    His weary way the ploughman plods homeward.&lt;br /&gt;    His weary way homeward the ploughman plods.&lt;br /&gt;    The ploughman plods homeward his weary way.&lt;br /&gt;    The ploughman his weary way plods homeward.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;and so on. It is doubtful if any of the other forms are superior&lt;br /&gt;to the one used by the poet. Of course his arrangement was made to&lt;br /&gt;comply with the rhythm and rhyme of the verse. Most of the&lt;br /&gt;variations depend upon the emphasis we wish to place upon the&lt;br /&gt;different words.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In arranging the words in an ordinary sentence we should not&lt;br /&gt;lose sight of the fact that the beginning and end are the important&lt;br /&gt;places for catching the attention of the reader. Words in these&lt;br /&gt;places have greater emphasis than elsewhere.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In Gray's line the general meaning conveyed is that a weary&lt;br /&gt;ploughman is plodding his way homeward, but according to the&lt;br /&gt;arrangement a very slight difference is effected in the idea. Some&lt;br /&gt;of the variations make us think more of the ploughman, others more&lt;br /&gt;of the plodding, and still others more of the weariness.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;As the beginning and end of a sentence are the most important&lt;br /&gt;places, it naturally follows that small or insignificant words&lt;br /&gt;should be kept from these positions. Of the two places the end one&lt;br /&gt;is the more important, therefore, it really calls for the most&lt;br /&gt;important word in the sentence. Never commence a sentence with&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;And&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;But&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;Since&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;Because,&lt;/i&gt; and other&lt;br /&gt;similar weak words and never end it with prepositions, small, weak&lt;br /&gt;adverbs or pronouns.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The parts of a sentence which are most closely connected with&lt;br /&gt;one another in meaning should be closely connected in order also.&lt;br /&gt;By ignoring this principle many sentences are made, if not&lt;br /&gt;nonsensical, really ridiculous and ludicrous. For instance: "Ten&lt;br /&gt;dollars reward is offered for information of any person injuring&lt;br /&gt;this property by order of the owner." "This monument was erected to&lt;br /&gt;the memory of John Jones, who was shot by his affectionate&lt;br /&gt;brother."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the construction of all sentences the grammatical rules must&lt;br /&gt;be inviolably observed. The laws of concord, that is, the agreement&lt;br /&gt;of certain words, must be obeyed.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The verb agrees with its subject in person and number. "I have,"                                    "Thou hast," (the pronoun &lt;i&gt;thou&lt;/i&gt; is here used to illustrate&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;the verb form, though it is almost obsolete), "He has," show the&lt;br /&gt;variation of the verb to agree with the subject. A singular subject&lt;br /&gt;calls for a singular verb, a plural subject demands a verb in the&lt;br /&gt;plural; as, "The boy writes," "The boys write."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The agreement of a verb and its subject is often destroyed by&lt;br /&gt;confusing (1) collective and common nouns; (2) foreign and English&lt;br /&gt;nouns; (3) compound and simple subjects; (4) real and apparent&lt;br /&gt;subjects.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;small&gt;(1) A collective noun is a number of individuals or&lt;br /&gt;things regarded as a whole; as, &lt;i&gt;class regiment&lt;/i&gt;. When the&lt;br /&gt;individuals or things are prominently brought forward, use a plural&lt;br /&gt;verb; as The class &lt;i&gt;were&lt;/i&gt; distinguished for ability. When the&lt;br /&gt;idea of the whole as a unit is under consideration employ a&lt;br /&gt;singular verb; as The regiment &lt;i&gt;was&lt;/i&gt; in camp. (2) It is&lt;br /&gt;sometimes hard for the ordinary individual to distinguish the&lt;br /&gt;plural from the singular in foreign nouns, therefore, he should be&lt;br /&gt;careful in the selection of the verb. He should look up the word&lt;br /&gt;and be guided accordingly. "He was an &lt;i&gt;alumnus&lt;/i&gt; of Harvard."&lt;br /&gt;"They were &lt;i&gt;alumni&lt;/i&gt; of Harvard." (3) When a sentence with one&lt;br /&gt;verb has two or more subjects denoting different things, connected&lt;br /&gt;by &lt;i&gt;and&lt;/i&gt;, the verb should be plural; as, "Snow and rain&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;are&lt;/i&gt; disagreeable." When the subjects denote the same thing&lt;br /&gt;and are connected by &lt;i&gt;or&lt;/i&gt; the verb should be singular; as,&lt;br /&gt;"The man or the woman is to blame." (4) When the same verb has more&lt;br /&gt;than one subject of different persons or numbers, it agrees with&lt;br /&gt;the most prominent in thought; as, "He, and not you, &lt;i&gt;is&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;wrong." "Whether he or I &lt;i&gt;am&lt;/i&gt; to be blamed."&lt;/small&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Never use the past participle for the past tense nor vice&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;versa&lt;/i&gt;. This mistake is a very common one. At every turn we hear&lt;br /&gt;"He done it" for "He did it." "The jar was broke" instead of&lt;br /&gt;broken. "He would have went" for "He would have gone,"&lt;br /&gt;etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;The use of the verbs &lt;i&gt;shall&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;will&lt;/i&gt; is a rock upon&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;which even the best speakers come to wreck. They are interchanged&lt;br /&gt;recklessly. Their significance changes according as they are used&lt;br /&gt;with the first, second or third person. With the first person&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;shall&lt;/i&gt; is used in direct statement to express a simple future&lt;br /&gt;action; as, "I shall go to the city to-morrow." With the second and&lt;br /&gt;third persons &lt;i&gt;shall&lt;/i&gt; is used to express a determination; as,&lt;br /&gt;"You &lt;i&gt;shall&lt;/i&gt; go to the city to-morrow," "He &lt;i&gt;shall&lt;/i&gt; go to&lt;br /&gt;the city to-morrow."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;With the first person &lt;i&gt;will&lt;/i&gt; is used in direct statement to&lt;br /&gt;express determination, as, "I will go to the city to-morrow." With&lt;br /&gt;the second and third persons &lt;i&gt;will&lt;/i&gt; is used to express simple&lt;br /&gt;future action; as, "You &lt;i&gt;will&lt;/i&gt; go to the city to-morrow," "He&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;will&lt;/i&gt; go to the city to-morrow."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A very old rule regarding the uses of &lt;i&gt;shall&lt;/i&gt; and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;will&lt;/i&gt; is thus expressed in rhyme:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    In the first person simply &lt;i&gt;shall&lt;/i&gt; foretells,&lt;br /&gt;    In &lt;i&gt;will&lt;/i&gt; a threat or else a promise dwells.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Shall&lt;/i&gt; in the second and third does threat,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Will&lt;/i&gt; simply then foretells the future feat.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Take special care to distinguish between the nominative and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;objective case. The pronouns are the only words which retain the&lt;br /&gt;ancient distinctive case ending for the objective. Remember that&lt;br /&gt;the objective case follows transitive verbs and prepositions. Don't&lt;br /&gt;say "The boy who I sent to see you," but "The boy whom I sent to&lt;br /&gt;see you." &lt;i&gt;Whom&lt;/i&gt; is here the object of the transitive verb&lt;br /&gt;sent. Don't say "She bowed to him and I" but "She bowed to him and&lt;br /&gt;me" since me is the objective case following the preposition&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;to&lt;/i&gt; understood. "Between you and I" is a very common&lt;br /&gt;expression. It should be "Between you and me" since &lt;i&gt;between&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;is a preposition calling for the objective case.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Be careful in the use of the relative pronouns &lt;i&gt;who&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;which&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;that&lt;/i&gt;. Who refers only to persons; which&lt;br /&gt;only to things; as, "The boy who was drowned," "The umbrella which&lt;br /&gt;I lost." The relative &lt;i&gt;that&lt;/i&gt; may refer to both persons and&lt;br /&gt;things; as, "The man &lt;i&gt;that&lt;/i&gt; I saw." "The hat &lt;i&gt;that&lt;/i&gt; I&lt;br /&gt;bought."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Don't use the superlative degree of the adjective for the&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;comparative; as "He is the richest of the two" for "He is the&lt;br /&gt;richer of the two." Other mistakes often made in this connection&lt;br /&gt;are (1) Using the double comparative and superlative; as, "These&lt;br /&gt;apples are much &lt;i&gt;more&lt;/i&gt; preferable." "The most universal motive&lt;br /&gt;to business is gain." (2) Comparing objects which belong to&lt;br /&gt;dissimilar classes; as "There is no nicer &lt;i&gt;life&lt;/i&gt; than a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;teacher&lt;/i&gt;." (3) Including objects in class to which they do&lt;br /&gt;not belong; as, "The fairest of her daughters, Eve." (4) Excluding&lt;br /&gt;an object from a class to which it does belong; as, "Caesar was&lt;br /&gt;braver than any ancient warrior."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Don't use an adjective for an adverb or an adverb for an&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;adjective. Don't say, "He acted nice towards me" but "He acted&lt;br /&gt;nicely toward me," and instead of saying "She looked&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;beautifully&lt;/i&gt;" say "She looked &lt;i&gt;beautiful&lt;/i&gt;."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Place the adverb as near as possible to the word it modifies.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Instead of saying, "He walked to the door quickly," say "He walked&lt;br /&gt;quickly to the door."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;li&gt;Not alone be careful to distinguish between the nominative and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;objective cases of the pronouns, but try to avoid ambiguity in&lt;br /&gt;their use.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The amusing effect of disregarding the reference of pronouns is&lt;br /&gt;well illustrated by Burton in the following story of Billy&lt;br /&gt;Williams, a comic actor who thus narrates his experience in riding&lt;br /&gt;a horse owned by Hamblin, the manager:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"So down I goes to the stable with Tom Flynn, and told the man&lt;br /&gt;to put the saddle on him."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"On Tom Flynn?"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"No, on the horse. So after talking with Tom Flynn awhile I&lt;br /&gt;mounted him."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"What! mounted Tom Flynn?"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"No, the horse; and then I shook hands with him and rode&lt;br /&gt;off."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"Shook hands with the horse, Billy?"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"No, with Tom Flynn; and then I rode off up the Bowery, and who&lt;br /&gt;should I meet but Tom Hamblin; so I got off and told the boy to&lt;br /&gt;hold him by the head."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"What! hold Hamblin by the head?"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"No, the horse; and then we went and had a drink together."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"What! you and the horse?"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"No, &lt;i&gt;me&lt;/i&gt; and Hamblin; and after that I mounted him again&lt;br /&gt;and went out of town."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"What! mounted Hamblin again?"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"No, the horse; and when I got to Burnham, who should be there&lt;br /&gt;but Tom Flynn,—he'd taken another horse and rode out ahead of&lt;br /&gt;me; so I told the hostler to tie him up."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"Tie Tom Flynn up?"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"No, the horse; and we had a drink there."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"What! you and the horse?"&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"No, me and Tom Flynn."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Finding his auditors by this time in a &lt;i&gt;horse&lt;/i&gt; laugh, Billy&lt;br /&gt;wound up with: "Now, look here, —every time I say horse, you&lt;br /&gt;say Hamblin, and every time I say Hamblin you say horse: I'll be&lt;br /&gt;hanged if I tell you any more about it."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;SENTENCE CLASSIFICATION&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are two great classes of sentences according to the&lt;br /&gt;general principles upon which they are founded. These are termed&lt;br /&gt;the &lt;i&gt;loose&lt;/i&gt; and the &lt;i&gt;periodic&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;i&gt;loose&lt;/i&gt; sentence the main idea is put first, and&lt;br /&gt;then follow several facts in connection with it. Defoe is an author&lt;br /&gt;particularly noted for this kind of sentence. He starts out with a&lt;br /&gt;leading declaration to which he adds several attendant connections.&lt;br /&gt;For instance in the opening of the story of &lt;i&gt;Robinson Crusoe&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;we read: "I was born in the year 1632 in the city of York, of a&lt;br /&gt;good family, though not of that country, my father being a&lt;br /&gt;foreigner of Bremen, who settled first at Hull; he got a good&lt;br /&gt;estate by merchandise, and leaving off his trade lived afterward at&lt;br /&gt;York, from whence he had married my mother, whose relations were&lt;br /&gt;named Robinson, a very good family in the country and from I was&lt;br /&gt;called Robinson Kreutznaer; but by the usual corruption of words in&lt;br /&gt;England, we are now called, nay, we call ourselves, and write our&lt;br /&gt;name Crusoe, and so my companions always called me."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the periodic sentence the main idea comes last and is&lt;br /&gt;preceded by a series of relative introductions. This kind of&lt;br /&gt;sentence is often introduced by such words as &lt;i&gt;that&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;if&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;since&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;because&lt;/i&gt;. The following is an&lt;br /&gt;example:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"That through his own folly and lack of circumspection he should&lt;br /&gt;have been reduced to such circumstances as to be forced to become a&lt;br /&gt;beggar on the streets, soliciting alms from those who had formerly&lt;br /&gt;been the recipients of his bounty, was a sore humiliation."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;On account of its name many are liable to think the &lt;i&gt;loose&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;sentence an undesirable form in good composition, but this should&lt;br /&gt;not be taken for granted. In many cases it is preferable to the&lt;br /&gt;periodic form.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;As a general rule in speaking, as opposed to writing, the&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;loose&lt;/i&gt; form is to be preferred, inasmuch as when the periodic&lt;br /&gt;is employed in discourse the listeners are apt to forget the&lt;br /&gt;introductory clauses before the final issue is reached.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Both kinds are freely used in composition, but in speaking, the&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;loose&lt;/i&gt;, which makes the direct statement at the beginning,&lt;br /&gt;should predominate.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;As to the length of sentences much depends on the nature of the&lt;br /&gt;composition. However the general rule may be laid down that short&lt;br /&gt;sentences are preferable to long ones. The tendency of the best&lt;br /&gt;writers of the present day is towards short, snappy, pithy&lt;br /&gt;sentences which rivet the attention of the reader. They adopt as&lt;br /&gt;their motto &lt;i&gt;multum in parvo&lt;/i&gt; (much in little) and endeavor to&lt;br /&gt;pack a great deal in small space. Of course the extreme of brevity&lt;br /&gt;is to be avoided. Sentences can be too short, too jerky, too&lt;br /&gt;brittle to withstand the test of criticism. The long sentence has&lt;br /&gt;its place and a very important one. It is indispensable in argument&lt;br /&gt;and often is very necessary to description and also in introducing&lt;br /&gt;general principles which require elaboration. In employing the long&lt;br /&gt;sentence the inexperienced writer should not strain after the&lt;br /&gt;heavy, ponderous type. Johnson and Carlyle used such a type, but&lt;br /&gt;remember, an ordinary mortal cannot wield the sledge hammer of a&lt;br /&gt;giant. Johnson and Carlyle were intellectual giants and few can&lt;br /&gt;hope to stand on the same literary pedestal. The tyro in&lt;br /&gt;composition should never seek after the heavy style. The best of&lt;br /&gt;all authors in the English language for style is Addison. Macaulay&lt;br /&gt;says: "If you wish a style learned, but not pedantic, elegant but&lt;br /&gt;not ostentatious, simple yet refined, you must give your days and&lt;br /&gt;nights to the volumes of Joseph Addison." The simplicity, apart&lt;br /&gt;from the beauty of Addison's writings causes us to reiterate the&lt;br /&gt;literary command—"Never use a big word when a little one will&lt;br /&gt;convey the same or a similar meaning."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Macaulay himself is an elegant stylist to imitate. He is like a&lt;br /&gt;clear brook kissed by the noon-day sun in the shining bed of which&lt;br /&gt;you can see and count the beautiful white pebbles. Goldsmith is&lt;br /&gt;another writer whose simplicity of style charms.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The beginner should study these writers, make their works his&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;vade mecum&lt;/i&gt;, they have stood the test of time and there has&lt;br /&gt;been no improvement upon them yet, nor is there likely to be, for&lt;br /&gt;their writing is as perfect as it is possible to be in the English&lt;br /&gt;language.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Apart from their grammatical construction there can be no fixed&lt;br /&gt;rules for the formation of sentences. The best plan is to follow&lt;br /&gt;the best authors and these masters of language will guide you&lt;br /&gt;safely along the way.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;THE PARAGRAPH&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The paragraph may be defined as a group of sentences that are&lt;br /&gt;closely related in thought and which serve one common purpose. Not&lt;br /&gt;only do they preserve the sequence of the different parts into&lt;br /&gt;which a composition is divided, but they give a certain spice to&lt;br /&gt;the matter like raisins in a plum pudding. A solid page of printed&lt;br /&gt;matter is distasteful to the reader; it taxes the eye and tends&lt;br /&gt;towards the weariness of monotony, but when it is broken up into&lt;br /&gt;sections it loses much of its heaviness and the consequent&lt;br /&gt;lightness gives it charm, as it were, to capture the reader.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Paragraphs are like stepping-stones on the bed of a shallow&lt;br /&gt;river, which enable the foot passenger to skip with ease from one&lt;br /&gt;to the other until he gets across; but if the stones are placed too&lt;br /&gt;far apart in attempting to span the distance one is liable to miss&lt;br /&gt;the mark and fall in the water and flounder about until he is again&lt;br /&gt;able to get a foothold. 'Tis the same with written language, the&lt;br /&gt;reader by means of paragraphs can easily pass from one portion of&lt;br /&gt;connected thought to another and keep up his interest in the&lt;br /&gt;subject until he gets to the end.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Throughout the paragraph there must be some connection in regard&lt;br /&gt;to the matter under consideration,—a sentence dependency. For&lt;br /&gt;instance, in the same paragraph we must not speak of a house on&lt;br /&gt;fire and a runaway horse unless there is some connection between&lt;br /&gt;the two. We must not write consecutively:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;"The fire raged with fierce intensity, consuming the greater&lt;br /&gt;part of the large building in a short time." "The horse took fright&lt;br /&gt;and wildly dashed down the street scattering pedestrians in all&lt;br /&gt;directions." These two sentences have no connection and therefore&lt;br /&gt;should occupy separate and distinct places. But when we&lt;br /&gt;say—"The fire raged with fierce intensity consuming the&lt;br /&gt;greater part of the large building in a short time and the horse&lt;br /&gt;taking fright at the flames dashed wildly down the street&lt;br /&gt;scattering pedestrians in all directions,"—there is a natural&lt;br /&gt;sequence, viz., the horse taking fright as a consequence of the&lt;br /&gt;flames and hence the two expressions are combined in one&lt;br /&gt;paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;As in the case of words in sentences, the most important places&lt;br /&gt;in a paragraph are the beginning and the end. Accordingly the first&lt;br /&gt;sentence and the last should by virtue of their structure and&lt;br /&gt;nervous force, compel the reader's attention. It is usually&lt;br /&gt;advisable to make the first sentence short; the last sentence may&lt;br /&gt;be long or short, but in either case should be forcible. The object&lt;br /&gt;of the first sentence is to state a point &lt;i&gt;clearly&lt;/i&gt;; the last&lt;br /&gt;sentence should &lt;i&gt;enforce&lt;/i&gt; it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;It is a custom of good writers to make the conclusion of the&lt;br /&gt;paragraph a restatement or counterpart or application of the&lt;br /&gt;opening.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In most cases a paragraph may be regarded as the elaboration of&lt;br /&gt;the principal sentence. The leading thought or idea can be taken as&lt;br /&gt;a nucleus and around it constructed the different parts of the&lt;br /&gt;paragraph. Anyone can make a context for every simple sentence by&lt;br /&gt;asking himself questions in reference to the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;Thus—"The foreman gave the order"— suggests at once&lt;br /&gt;several questions; "What was the order?" "to whom did he give it?"&lt;br /&gt;"why did he give it?" "what was the result?" etc. These questions&lt;br /&gt;when answered will depend upon the leading one and be an&lt;br /&gt;elaboration of it into a complete paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;If we examine any good paragraph we shall find it made up of a&lt;br /&gt;number of items, each of which helps to illustrate, confirm or&lt;br /&gt;enforce the general thought or purpose of the paragraph. Also the&lt;br /&gt;transition from each item to the next is easy, natural and obvious;&lt;br /&gt;the items seem to come of themselves. If, on the other hand, we&lt;br /&gt;detect in a paragraph one or more items which have no direct&lt;br /&gt;bearing, or if we are unable to proceed readily from item to item,&lt;br /&gt;especially if we are obliged to rearrange the items before we can&lt;br /&gt;perceive their full significance, then we are justified in&lt;br /&gt;pronouncing the paragraph construction faulty.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;No specific rules can be given as to the construction of&lt;br /&gt;paragraphs. The best advice is,—Study closely the paragraph&lt;br /&gt;structure of the best writers, for it is only through imitation,&lt;br /&gt;conscious or unconscious of the best models, that one can master&lt;br /&gt;the art.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The best paragraphist in the English language for the essay is&lt;br /&gt;Macaulay, the best model to follow for the oratorical style is&lt;br /&gt;Edmund Burke and for description and narration probably the&lt;br /&gt;greatest master of paragraph is the American Goldsmith, Washington&lt;br /&gt;Irving.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A paragraph is indicated in print by what is known as the&lt;br /&gt;indentation of the line, that is, by commencing it a space from the&lt;br /&gt;left margin.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!--
google_ad_client = "pub-9096640032113380";
//feeds_468x60, created 1/28/08
google_ad_slot = "7102324723";
google_ad_width = 468;
google_ad_height = 60;
//--&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;script type="text/javascript"
src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;
&lt;/script&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4738678906894242794-62756856975084107?l=speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/62756856975084107/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4738678906894242794&amp;postID=62756856975084107" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/62756856975084107?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/62756856975084107?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly/~3/jLPt91tTgog/chapter-iii-sentence.html" title="Chapter III : The Sentence" /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/2008/02/chapter-iii-sentence.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;D0EFRHg-cSp7ImA9WxZSFEs.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794.post-2649174701394595533</id><published>2008-01-24T19:34:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2008-01-27T12:26:55.659-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2008-01-27T12:26:55.659-08:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Correct Gramma" /><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Syllables and Words" /><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="part of speech" /><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="letters" /><title>Chapter 2: Essentials of English Grammar</title><content type="html">&lt;h2 id="CHAPTER_II"&gt;CHAPTER II&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;ESSENTIALS OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Divisions of Grammar—Definitions—Etymology.&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In order to speak and write the English language correctly, it is imperative that the fundamental principles of the Grammar be mastered, for no matter how much we may read of the best authors,no matter how much we may associate with and imitate the best speakers, if we do not know the underlying principles of the correct formation of sentences and the relation of words to one another, we will be to a great extent like the parrot, that merely repeats what it hears without understanding the import of what is said. Of course the parrot, being a creature without reason, cannot comprehend; it can simply repeat what is said to it, and as it utters phrases and sentences of profanity with as much facility as those of virtue, so by like analogy, when we do not understand the grammar of the language, we may be making egregious blunders while thinking we are speaking with the utmost accuracy.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;DIVISIONS OF GRAMMAR&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are four great divisions of Grammar, viz.:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Orthography&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;Etymology&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;Syntax&lt;/i&gt;, and&lt;i&gt; Prosody&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Orthography&lt;/i&gt; treats of letters and the mode of combining them into words.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Etymology&lt;/i&gt; treats of the various classes of words and the changes they undergo.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Syntax&lt;/i&gt; treats of the connection and arrangement of words in sentences.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Prosody&lt;/i&gt; treats of the manner of speaking and reading and the different kinds of verse.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The three first mentioned concern us most.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;LETTERS&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;letter&lt;/i&gt; is a mark or character used to represent an articulate sound. Letters are divided into &lt;i&gt;vowels&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;consonants&lt;/i&gt;. A vowel is a letter which makes a distinct sound by itself. Consonants cannot be sounded without the aid of vowels.The vowels are &lt;i&gt;a&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;e&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;i&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;o&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;u&lt;/i&gt;,and sometimes &lt;i&gt;w&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;y&lt;/i&gt; when they do not begin a word or syllable.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;SYLLABLES AND WORDS&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A syllable is a distinct sound produced by a single effort of[Transcriber's note: 1-2 words illegible] shall, pig, dog. In every syllable there must be at least one vowel.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A word consists of one syllable or a combination of syllables.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Many rules are given for the dividing of words into syllables,but the best is to follow as closely as possible the divisions made by the organs of speech in properly pronouncing them.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;THE PARTS OF SPEECH&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;ARTICLE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;An &lt;i&gt;Article&lt;/i&gt; is a word placed before a noun to show whether the noun is used in a particular or general sense.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are two articles, &lt;i&gt;a&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;an&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;the&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;i&gt;A&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;an&lt;/i&gt; is called the indefinite article because it does not point put any particular person or thing but indicates the noun in its widest sense; thus, &lt;i&gt;a&lt;/i&gt; man means any man whatsoever of the species or race.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;The&lt;/i&gt; is called the definite article because it points out some particular person or thing; thus, &lt;i&gt;the&lt;/i&gt; man means some particular individual.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;NOUN&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;noun&lt;/i&gt; is the name of any person, place or thing as&lt;i&gt; John&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;London&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;book&lt;/i&gt;. Nouns are proper and common.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Proper&lt;/i&gt; nouns are names applied to &lt;i&gt;particular&lt;/i&gt; persons or places.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Common&lt;/i&gt; nouns are names applied to a whole kind or species.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nouns are inflected by &lt;i&gt;number&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;gender&lt;/i&gt; and&lt;i&gt; case&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Number&lt;/i&gt; is that inflection of the noun by which we indicate whether it represents one or more than one.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Gender&lt;/i&gt; is that inflection by which we signify whether the noun is the name of a male, a female, of an inanimate object or something which has no distinction of sex.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Case&lt;/i&gt; is that inflection of the noun which denotes the state of the person, place or thing represented, as the subject of an affirmation or question, the owner or possessor of something mentioned, or the object of an action or of a relation.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Thus in the example, "John tore the leaves of Sarah's book," the distinction between &lt;i&gt;book&lt;/i&gt; which represents only one object and &lt;i&gt;leaves&lt;/i&gt; which represent two or more objects of the same kind is called &lt;i&gt;Number&lt;/i&gt;; the distinction of sex between&lt;i&gt; John&lt;/i&gt;, a male, and &lt;i&gt;Sarah&lt;/i&gt;, a female, and &lt;i&gt;book &lt;/i&gt;and &lt;i&gt;leaves&lt;/i&gt;, things which are inanimate and neither male nor female, is called &lt;i&gt;Gender&lt;/i&gt;; and the distinction of state between &lt;i&gt;John&lt;/i&gt;, the person who tore the book, and the subject of the affirmation, &lt;i&gt;Mary&lt;/i&gt;, the owner of the book,&lt;i&gt;leaves&lt;/i&gt; the objects torn, and &lt;i&gt;book&lt;/i&gt; the object related to leaves, as the whole of which they were a part, is called&lt;i&gt; Case&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;ADJECTIVE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;An &lt;i&gt;adjective&lt;/i&gt; is a word which qualifies a noun, that is,shows or points out some distinguishing mark or feature of the noun; as, A &lt;i&gt;black&lt;/i&gt; dog.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Adjectives have three forms called degrees of comparison, the &lt;i&gt;positive&lt;/i&gt;, the &lt;i&gt;comparative&lt;/i&gt; and the&lt;i&gt; superlative&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;positive&lt;/i&gt; is the simple form of the adjective without expressing increase or diminution of the original quality:&lt;i&gt;nice&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;comparative&lt;/i&gt; is that form of the adjective which expresses increase or diminution of the quality: &lt;i&gt;nicer&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;superlative&lt;/i&gt; is that form which expresses the greatest increase or diminution of the quality: &lt;i&gt;nicest&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;or&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;An adjective is in the positive form when it does not express comparison; as, "A &lt;i&gt;rich&lt;/i&gt; man."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;An adjective is in the comparative form when it expresses comparison between two or between one and a number taken collectively, as, "John is &lt;i&gt;richer&lt;/i&gt; than James"; "he is&lt;i&gt; richer&lt;/i&gt; than all the men in Boston."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;An adjective is in the superlative form when it expresses a comparison between one and a number of individuals taken separately; as, "John is the &lt;i&gt;richest&lt;/i&gt; man in Boston."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Adjectives expressive of properties or circumstances which cannot be increased have only the positive form; as, A&lt;i&gt; circular&lt;/i&gt; road; the &lt;i&gt;chief&lt;/i&gt; end; an &lt;i&gt;extreme &lt;/i&gt;measure.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Adjectives are compared in two ways, either by adding &lt;i&gt;er &lt;/i&gt;to the positive to form the comparative and &lt;i&gt;est&lt;/i&gt; to the positive to form the superlative, or by prefixing &lt;i&gt;more&lt;/i&gt; to the positive for the comparative and &lt;i&gt;most&lt;/i&gt; to the positive for the superlative; as, &lt;i&gt;handsome&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;handsomer&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;i&gt;handsomest&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;handsome&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;more handsome&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;most handsome&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Adjectives of two or more syllables are generally compared by prefixing more and most.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Many adjectives are irregular in comparison; as, Bad, worse,worst; Good, better, best.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;PRONOUN&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;pronoun&lt;/i&gt; is a word used in place of a noun; as, "John gave his pen to James and &lt;i&gt;he&lt;/i&gt; lent it to Jane to write&lt;i&gt; her&lt;/i&gt; copy with &lt;i&gt;it&lt;/i&gt;." Without the pronouns we would have to write this sentence,—"John gave John's pen to James and James lent the pen to Jane to write Jane's copy with the pen."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are three kinds of pronouns—Personal, Relative and Adjective Pronouns.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Personal&lt;/i&gt; Pronouns are so called because they are used instead of the names of persons, places and things. The Personal Pronouns are &lt;i&gt;I&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;Thou&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;He&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;She&lt;/i&gt;, and&lt;i&gt; It&lt;/i&gt;, with their plurals, &lt;i&gt;We&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;Ye&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;You &lt;/i&gt;and &lt;i&gt;They&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;I&lt;/i&gt; is the pronoun of the first person because it represents the person speaking.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Thou&lt;/i&gt; is the pronoun of the second person because it represents the person spoken to.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;He&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;She&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;It&lt;/i&gt; are the pronouns of the third person because they represent the persons or things of whom we are speaking.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Like nouns, the Personal Pronouns have number, gender and case.The gender of the first and second person is obvious, as they represent the person or persons speaking and those who are addressed. The personal pronouns are thus declined:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;First Person.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;M. or F.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sing.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;em&gt;Plural.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;N.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;I&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;We&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;P.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Mine&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Ours&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;O.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Me&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Us&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Second Person.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;M. or F.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sing.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;em&gt;Plural.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;N.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Thou&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;P.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Thine&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Yours&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;O.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Thee&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Third Person.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;M&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sing.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;em&gt;Plural.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;N.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;He&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;They&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;P.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;His&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Theirs&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;O.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Him&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Them&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Third Person.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;F&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sing.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;em&gt;Plural.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;N.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;She&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;They&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;P.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Hers&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Theirs&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;O.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Her&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Them&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Third Person.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Neuter&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sing.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;em&gt;Plural.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;N.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;It&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;They&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;P.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Its&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Theirs&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;O.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;It&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Them&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;N. B.—In colloquial language and ordinary writing Thou,Thine and Thee are seldom used, except by the Society of Friends.The Plural form You is used for both the nominative and objective singular in the second person and Yours is generally used in the possessive in place of Thine.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;Relative&lt;/i&gt; Pronouns are so called because they relate to some word or phrase going before; as, "The boy &lt;i&gt;who&lt;/i&gt; told the truth;" "He has done well, &lt;i&gt;which&lt;/i&gt; gives me great pleasure."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here &lt;i&gt;who&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;which&lt;/i&gt; are not only used in place of other words, but &lt;i&gt;who&lt;/i&gt; refers immediately to boy, and&lt;i&gt; which&lt;/i&gt; to the circumstance of his having done well.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The word or clause to which a relative pronoun refers is called the &lt;i&gt;Antecedent&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Relative Pronouns are &lt;i&gt;who&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;which&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;that &lt;/i&gt;and &lt;i&gt;what&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Who&lt;/i&gt; is applied to persons only; as, "The man &lt;i&gt;who &lt;/i&gt;was here."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Which&lt;/i&gt; is applied to the lower animals and things without life; as, "The horse &lt;i&gt;which&lt;/i&gt; I sold." "The hat &lt;i&gt;which&lt;/i&gt; I bought."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;That&lt;/i&gt; is applied to both persons and things; as, "The friend &lt;i&gt;that&lt;/i&gt; helps." "The bird &lt;i&gt;that&lt;/i&gt; sings." "The knife &lt;i&gt;that&lt;/i&gt; cuts."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;What&lt;/i&gt; is a compound relative, including both the antecedent and the relative and is equivalent to &lt;i&gt;that which&lt;/i&gt;;as, "I did what he desired," i. e. "I did &lt;i&gt;that which&lt;/i&gt; he desired."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Relative pronouns have the singular and plural alike.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Who&lt;/i&gt; is either masculine or feminine; &lt;i&gt;which&lt;/i&gt; and&lt;i&gt; that&lt;/i&gt; are masculine, feminine or neuter; &lt;i&gt;what&lt;/i&gt; as are lative pronoun is always neuter.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;That&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;what&lt;/i&gt; are not inflected.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Who&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;which&lt;/i&gt; are thus declined:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th colspan="2"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sing. and Plural&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th colspan="2"&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sing. and Plural&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;N.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Who&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;N.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Which&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;P.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Whose&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;P.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Whose&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;O.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Whom&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;O.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Which&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Who&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;which&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;what&lt;/i&gt; when used to ask questions are called &lt;i&gt;Interrogative Pronouns&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Adjective&lt;/i&gt; Pronouns partake of the nature of adjectives and pronouns and are subdivided as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Demonstrative Adjective Pronouns&lt;/i&gt; which directly point out the person or object. They are &lt;i&gt;this&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;that&lt;/i&gt; with their plurals &lt;i&gt;these&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;those&lt;/i&gt;, and &lt;i&gt;yon&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;same&lt;/i&gt; and&lt;i&gt; selfsame&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Distributive Adjective Pronouns&lt;/i&gt; used distributively. They are &lt;i&gt;each&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;every&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;either&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;neither&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Indefinite Adjective Pronouns&lt;/i&gt; used more or less indefinitely. They are &lt;i&gt;any&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;all&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;few&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;i&gt;some&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;several&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;one&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;other&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;i&gt;another&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;none&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Possessive Adjective Pronouns&lt;/i&gt; denoting possession. They are &lt;i&gt;my&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;thy&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;his&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;her&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;its&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;i&gt;our&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;your&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;their&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;N. B.—(The possessive adjective pronouns differ from the possessive case of the personal pronouns in that the latter can stand &lt;i&gt;alone&lt;/i&gt; while the former &lt;i&gt;cannot&lt;/i&gt;. "Who owns that book?" "It is &lt;i&gt;mine&lt;/i&gt;." You cannot say "it is &lt;i&gt;my&lt;/i&gt;,"—the word book must be repeated.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;THE VERB&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;verb&lt;/i&gt; is a word which implies action or the doing of something, or it may be defined as a word which affirms, commands or asks a question.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Thus, the words &lt;i&gt;John the table&lt;/i&gt;, contain no assertion, but when the word &lt;i&gt;strikes&lt;/i&gt; is introduced, something is affirmed,hence the word &lt;i&gt;strikes&lt;/i&gt; is a verb and gives completeness and meaning to the group.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The simple form of the verb without inflection is called the &lt;i&gt;root&lt;/i&gt; of the verb; &lt;i&gt;e. g. love&lt;/i&gt; is the root of the verb,—"To Love."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Verbs are &lt;i&gt;regular&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;irregular&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;transitive &lt;/i&gt;or &lt;i&gt;intransitive&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A verb is said to be &lt;i&gt;regular&lt;/i&gt; when it forms the past tense by adding &lt;i&gt;ed&lt;/i&gt; to the present or &lt;i&gt;d&lt;/i&gt; if the verb ends in&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;i&gt;e&lt;/i&gt;. When its past tense does not end in &lt;i&gt;ed&lt;/i&gt; it is said to be &lt;i&gt;irregular&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;transitive&lt;/i&gt; verb is one the action of which passes over to or affects some object; as "I struck the table." Here the action of striking affected the object table, hence struck is a transitive verb.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;An &lt;i&gt;intransitive&lt;/i&gt; verb is one in which the action remains with the subject; as &lt;i&gt;"I walk,"&lt;/i&gt; &lt;i&gt;"I sit,"&lt;/i&gt; &lt;i&gt;"I run."&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Many intransitive verbs, however, can be used transitively;thus, "I &lt;i&gt;walk&lt;/i&gt; the horse;" &lt;i&gt;walk&lt;/i&gt; is here transitive.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Verbs are inflected by &lt;i&gt;number&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;person&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;i&gt;tense&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;mood&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Number&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;person&lt;/i&gt; as applied to the verb really belong to the subject; they are used with the verb to denote whether the assertion is made regarding one or more than one and whether it is made in reference to the person speaking, the person spoken to or the person or thing spoken about.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;TENSE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In their tenses verbs follow the divisions of time. They have &lt;i&gt;present tense&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;past tense&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;future tense &lt;/i&gt;with their variations to express the exact time of action as to an event happening, having happened or yet to happen.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;MOOD&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are four simple moods,—the &lt;i&gt;Infinitive&lt;/i&gt;, the &lt;i&gt;Indicative&lt;/i&gt;, the &lt;i&gt;Imperative&lt;/i&gt; and the&lt;i&gt; Subjunctive&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The Mood of a verb denotes the mode or manner in which it is used. Thus if it is used in its widest sense without reference to person or number, time or place, it is in the &lt;i&gt;Infinitive&lt;/i&gt;  Mood; as "To run." Here we are not told who does the running, when it is done, where it is done or anything about it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;When a verb is used to indicate or declare or ask a simple question or make any direct statement, it is in the&lt;i&gt; Indicative&lt;/i&gt; Mood. "The boy loves his book." Here a direct statement is made concerning the boy. "Have you a pin?" Here a simple question is asked which calls for an answer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;When the verb is used to express a command or entreaty it is in the &lt;i&gt;Imperative&lt;/i&gt; Mood as, "Go away." "Give me a penny."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;When the verb is used to express doubt, supposition or uncertainty or when some future action depends upon a contingency,it is in the subjunctive mood; as, "If I come, he shall remain."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Many grammarians include a fifth mood called the &lt;i&gt;potential&lt;/i&gt; to express &lt;i&gt;power&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;possibility&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;i&gt;liberty&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;necessity&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;will&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;duty&lt;/i&gt;. It is formed by means of the auxiliaries &lt;i&gt;may&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;can&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;i&gt;ought&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;must&lt;/i&gt;, but in all cases it can be resolvedinto the indicative or subjunctive. Thus, in "I may write if I choose," "may write" is by some classified as in the potential mood, but in reality the phrase &lt;i&gt;I may write&lt;/i&gt; is an indicative one while the second clause, &lt;i&gt;if I choose,&lt;/i&gt; is the expression of a condition upon which, not my liberty to write, depends, but my actual writing.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Verbs have two participles, the present or imperfect, sometimes called the &lt;i&gt;active&lt;/i&gt; ending in &lt;i&gt;ing&lt;/i&gt; and the past or perfect, often called the &lt;i&gt;passive,&lt;/i&gt; ending in &lt;i&gt;ed&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;d&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;infinitive&lt;/i&gt; expresses the sense of the verb in a substantive form, the participles in an adjective form; as "To rise early is healthful." "An early rising man." "The newly risen sun."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The participle in &lt;i&gt;ing&lt;/i&gt; is frequently used as a substantive and consequently is equivalent to an infinitive; thus, "To rise early is healthful" and "Rising early is healthful" are the same.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The principal parts of a verb are the Present Indicative, Past Indicative and Past Participle; as:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes one or more of these parts are wanting, and then the verb is said to be defective.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;Present&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;Past&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;Passive Participle&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Can&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Could&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;(Wanting)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;May&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Might&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;"&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Shall&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Should&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;"&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Will&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Would&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;"&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Ought&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Ought&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;"&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Verbs may also be divided into &lt;i&gt;principal&lt;/i&gt; and&lt;i&gt; auxiliary&lt;/i&gt;. A &lt;i&gt;principal&lt;/i&gt; verb is that without which a sentence or clause can contain no assertion or affirmation. An &lt;i&gt;auxiliary&lt;/i&gt; is a verb joined to the root or participles of a principal verb to express time and manner with greater precision than can be done by the tenses and moods in their simple form.Thus, the sentence, "I am writing an exercise; when I shall have finished it I shall read it to the class." has no meaning without the principal verbs &lt;i&gt;writing&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;finished read&lt;/i&gt;; but the meaning is rendered more definite, especially with regard to time,by the auxiliary verbs &lt;i&gt;am&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;have&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;shall&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are nine auxiliary or helping verbs, viz., &lt;i&gt;Be&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;i&gt;have&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;do&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;shall&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;will&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;may&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;i&gt;can&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;ought&lt;/i&gt;, and &lt;i&gt;must&lt;/i&gt;. They are called helping verbs, because it is by their aid the compound tenses are formed.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;TO BE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;i&gt;To Be&lt;/i&gt; is the most important of the auxiliary verbs. It has eleven parts, viz., &lt;i&gt;am, art, is, are, was, wast,were, wert; be, being&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;been&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;VOICE&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;active voice&lt;/i&gt; is that form of the verb which shows the Subject not being acted upon but acting; as, "The cat &lt;i&gt;catches&lt;/i&gt; mice." "Charity &lt;i&gt;covers&lt;/i&gt; a multitude of sins."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;passive voice&lt;/i&gt;: When the action signified by a transitive verb is thrown back upon the agent, that is to say, when the subject of the verb denotes the recipient of the action, the verb is said to be in the passive voice. "John was loved by his neighbors." Here John the subject is also the object affected by the loving, the action of the verb is thrown back on him, hence the compound verb &lt;i&gt;was loved&lt;/i&gt; is said to be in the &lt;i&gt;passive  voice&lt;/i&gt;. The passive voice is formed by putting the perfect participle of any &lt;i&gt;transitive&lt;/i&gt; verb with any of the eleven parts of the verb &lt;i&gt;To Be&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;CONJUGATION&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;i&gt;conjugation&lt;/i&gt; of a verb is its orderly arrangement invoices, moods, tenses, persons and numbers.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here is the complete conjugation of the verb"Love"—&lt;i&gt;Active Voice&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;PRINCIPAL PARTS&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Present&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Past&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Past Participle&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;Love&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;Loved&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;Loved&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;&lt;i&gt;Infinitive Mood&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;To Love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;&lt;i&gt;Indicative Mood&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PRESENT TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;I love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;We love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;He loves&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;They love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PAST TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;I loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;We loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;He loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;They loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;FUTURE TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;I shall love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;They will love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You will love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You will love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;He will love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;We shall love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;[Transcriber's note: 1st person plural and 3rd person plural reversed in original]&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PRESENT PERFECT TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;I have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;We have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;He has loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;They have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PAST PERFECT TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;I had loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;We had loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You had loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You had loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;He had loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;They had loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;FUTURE PERFECT TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;I shall have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;We shall have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You will have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You will have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;He will have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;They will have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;&lt;i&gt;Imperative Mood&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;(PRESENT TENSE ONLY)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Love (you)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Love (you)&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;&lt;i&gt;Subjunctive Mood&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PRESENT TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If I love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If we love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If he love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If they love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PAST TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If I loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If we loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If he loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If they loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PRESENT PERFECT TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If I have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If we have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If he has loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If they have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PAST PERFECT TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If I had loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If we had loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you had loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you had loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If he had loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If they had loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;INFINITIVES&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Present&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Perfect&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;To love&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;To have loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PARTICIPLES&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Present&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Past&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Perfect&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Loving&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Having loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;CONJUGATION OF "To Love"&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;&lt;i&gt;Passive Voice&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Indicative Mood&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PRESENT TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;I am loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;We are loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You are loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You are loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;He is loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;They are loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PAST TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;I was loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;We were loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You were loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You were loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;He was loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;They were loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;FUTURE TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;I shall be loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;We shall be loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You will be loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You will be loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;He will be loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;They will be loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PRESENT PERFECT TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;I have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;We have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;He has been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;They have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PAST PERFECT TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;I had been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;We had been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You had been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You had been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;He had been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;They had been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;FUTURE PERFECT TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;I shall have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;We shall have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You will have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;You will have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;He will have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;They will have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;&lt;i&gt;Imperative Mood&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;(PRESENT TENSE ONLY)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Be (you) loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Be (you) loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;&lt;i&gt;Subjunctive Mood&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PRESENT TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If I be loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If we be loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you be loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you be loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If he be loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If they be loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PAST TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If I were loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If they were loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you were loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you were loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If he were loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If we were loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PRESENT PERFECT TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If I have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If we have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If he has been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If they have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PAST PERFECT TENSE&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sing.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Plural&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;1st person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If I had been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If we had been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;2nd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you had been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If you had been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;3rd person&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If he had been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;If they had been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;INFINITIVES&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Present&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Perfect&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;To be loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;To have been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;PARTICIPLES&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Present&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Past&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Perfect&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Being loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;Having been loved&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;(N. B.—Note that the plural form of the personal pronoun,&lt;i&gt;you&lt;/i&gt;, is used in the second person singular throughout. The old form &lt;i&gt;thou&lt;/i&gt;, except in the conjugation of the verb "To Be," may be said to be obsolete. In the third person singular he is representative of the three personal pronouns of the third person,&lt;i&gt;He&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;She&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;It&lt;/i&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;ADVERB&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;An &lt;i&gt;adverb&lt;/i&gt; is a word which modifies a verb, an adjective or another adverb. Thus, in the example—"He writes &lt;i&gt;well&lt;/i&gt;," the adverb shows the manner in which the writing is performed; in the examples—"He is remarkably diligent" and"He works very faithfully," the adverbs modify the adjective &lt;i&gt;diligent&lt;/i&gt; and the other adverb &lt;i&gt;faithfully&lt;/i&gt; by expressing the degree of diligence and faithfulness.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Adverbs are chiefly used to express in one word what would otherwise require two or more words; thus, &lt;i&gt;There&lt;/i&gt; signifies in that place; &lt;i&gt;whence&lt;/i&gt;, from what place; &lt;i&gt;usefully&lt;/i&gt;, in a useful manner.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Adverbs, like adjectives, are sometimes varied in their terminations to express comparison and different degrees of quality.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Some adverbs form the comparative and superlative by adding &lt;i&gt;er&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;est&lt;/i&gt;; as, &lt;i&gt;soon&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;sooner&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;i&gt;soonest&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Adverbs which end in &lt;i&gt;ly&lt;/i&gt; are compared by prefixing&lt;i&gt; more&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;most&lt;/i&gt;; as, &lt;i&gt;nobly&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;more nobly&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;i&gt;most nobly&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A few adverbs are irregular in the formation of the comparative and superlative; as, &lt;i&gt;well&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;better&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;best&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;PREPOSITION&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;preposition&lt;/i&gt; connects words, clauses, and sentences together and shows the relation between them. "My hand is on the table" shows relation between hand and table.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Prepositions are so called because they are generally placed &lt;i&gt;before&lt;/i&gt; the words whose connection or relation with other words they point out.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;CONJUNCTION&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;conjunction&lt;/i&gt; joins words, clauses and sentences; as"John &lt;i&gt;and&lt;/i&gt; James." "My father and mother have come,&lt;i&gt;but&lt;/i&gt; I have not seen them."&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The conjunctions in most general use are &lt;i&gt;and, also; either,or; neither, nor; though, yet; but, however; for, that; because,since; therefore, wherefore, then; if, unless, lest&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;INTERJECTION&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;An &lt;i&gt;interjection&lt;/i&gt; is a word used to express some sudden emotion of the mind. Thus in the examples,—"Ah! there he comes; alas! what shall I do?" &lt;i&gt;ah,&lt;/i&gt; expresses surprise, and&lt;i&gt; alas,&lt;/i&gt; distress.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nouns, adjectives, verbs and adverbs become interjections when they are uttered as exclamations, as, &lt;i&gt;nonsense! strange! hail!away!&lt;/i&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;We have now enumerated the parts of speech and as briefly as possible stated the functions of each. As they all belong to the same family they are related to one another but some are in closer affinity than others. To point out the exact relationship and the dependency of one word on another is called &lt;i&gt;parsing&lt;/i&gt; and in order that every etymological connection may be distinctly understood a brief resume of the foregoing essentials is here given:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The signification of the noun is &lt;i&gt;limited&lt;/i&gt; to &lt;i&gt;one&lt;/i&gt;,but to any &lt;i&gt;one&lt;/i&gt; of the kind, by the &lt;i&gt;indefinite&lt;/i&gt; article, and to some &lt;i&gt;particular&lt;/i&gt; one, or some particular &lt;i&gt;number&lt;/i&gt;, by the &lt;i&gt;definite&lt;/i&gt; article.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Nouns&lt;/i&gt;, in one form, represent &lt;i&gt;one&lt;/i&gt; of a kind, and in another, &lt;i&gt;any number&lt;/i&gt; more than one; they are the &lt;i&gt;names of males&lt;/i&gt;, or &lt;i&gt;females&lt;/i&gt;, or of objects which are neither male nor female; and they represent the &lt;i&gt;subject&lt;/i&gt; of an affirmation, a command or a question,—the &lt;i&gt;owner&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;possessor&lt;/i&gt; of a thing,—or the &lt;i&gt;object&lt;/i&gt; of an action, or of a relation expressed by a preposition.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Adjectives&lt;/i&gt; express the &lt;i&gt;qualities&lt;/i&gt; which distinguish one person or thing from another; in one form they express quality &lt;i&gt;without comparison&lt;/i&gt;; in another, they express comparison&lt;i&gt; between two&lt;/i&gt;, or between &lt;i&gt;one&lt;/i&gt; and a number taken collectively,—and in a third they express comparison between &lt;i&gt;one&lt;/i&gt; and a &lt;i&gt;number&lt;/i&gt; of others taken separately.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Pronouns&lt;/i&gt; are used in place of nouns; one class of them is used merely as the &lt;i&gt;substitutes&lt;/i&gt; of &lt;i&gt;names&lt;/i&gt;; the pronouns of another class have a peculiar &lt;i&gt;reference&lt;/i&gt; to some&lt;i&gt; preceding words&lt;/i&gt; in the &lt;i&gt;sentence&lt;/i&gt;, of which they are the substitutes,—and those of a third class refer adjectively to the persons or things they represent. Some pronouns are used for both the &lt;i&gt;name&lt;/i&gt; and the &lt;i&gt;substitute&lt;/i&gt;; and several are frequently employed in &lt;i&gt;asking questions&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Affirmations&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;commands&lt;/i&gt; are expressed by the verb; and different inflections of the verb express &lt;i&gt;number&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;i&gt;person&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;time&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;manner&lt;/i&gt;. With regard to &lt;i&gt;time&lt;/i&gt;, an affirmation may be &lt;i&gt;present&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;past&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;future&lt;/i&gt;; with regard to manner, an affirmation may be&lt;i&gt; positive&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;conditional&lt;/i&gt;, it being doubtful whether the condition is fulfilled or not, or it being implied that it is not fulfilled;—the verb may express &lt;i&gt;command&lt;/i&gt; or&lt;i&gt; entreaty&lt;/i&gt;; or the sense of the verb may be expressed&lt;i&gt; without affirming&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;commanding&lt;/i&gt;. The verb also expresses that an action or state &lt;i&gt;is&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;was&lt;/i&gt; going on,by a form which is also used sometimes as a noun, and sometimes to qualify nouns.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Affirmations&lt;/i&gt; are &lt;i&gt;modified&lt;/i&gt; by &lt;i&gt;adverbs&lt;/i&gt;, som eof which can be inflected to express different degrees of modification.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Words are joined together by &lt;i&gt;conjunctions&lt;/i&gt;; and the various &lt;i&gt;relations&lt;/i&gt; which one thing bears to another are expressed by &lt;i&gt;'prepositions. Sudden emotions&lt;/i&gt; of the mind, and &lt;i&gt;exclamations&lt;/i&gt; are expressed by &lt;i&gt;interjections&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Some words according to meaning belong sometimes to one part of speech, sometimes to another. Thus, in "After a storm comes a &lt;i&gt;calm&lt;/i&gt;," &lt;i&gt;calm&lt;/i&gt; is a noun; in "It is a &lt;i&gt;calm &lt;/i&gt;evening," &lt;i&gt;calm&lt;/i&gt; is an adjective; and in "&lt;i&gt;Calm&lt;/i&gt; your fears," &lt;i&gt;calm&lt;/i&gt; is a verb.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The following sentence containing all the parts of speech is parsed etymologically:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;"I now see the old man coming, but, alas, he has walked with much difficulty."&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;I&lt;/i&gt;, a personal pronoun, first person singular, masculine or feminine gender, nominative case, subject of the verb &lt;i&gt;see&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;now&lt;/i&gt;, an adverb of time modifying the verb &lt;i&gt;see&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;see&lt;/i&gt;, an irregular, transitive verb, indicative mood,present tense, first person singular to agree with its nominative or subject I.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;the&lt;/i&gt;, the definite article particularizing the noun man.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;old&lt;/i&gt;, an adjective, positive degree, qualifying the noun man.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;man&lt;/i&gt;, a common noun, 3rd person singular, masculine gender, objective case governed by the transitive verb&lt;i&gt; see&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;coming&lt;/i&gt;, the present or imperfect participle of the verb"to come" referring to the noun man.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;but&lt;/i&gt;, a conjunction.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;alas&lt;/i&gt;, an interjection, expressing pity or sorrow.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;he&lt;/i&gt;, a personal pronoun, 3rd person singular, masculine gender, nominative case, subject of verb has walked.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;has walked&lt;/i&gt;, a regular, intransitive verb, indicative mood, perfect tense, 3rd person singular to agree with its nominative or subject &lt;i&gt;he&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;with&lt;/i&gt;, a preposition, governing the noun difficulty.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;much&lt;/i&gt;, an adjective, positive degree, qualifying the noun difficulty.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;difficulty&lt;/i&gt;, a common noun, 3rd person singular, neuter gender, objective case governed by the preposition &lt;i&gt;with&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;N.B.—&lt;i&gt;Much&lt;/i&gt; is generally an adverb. As an adjective it is thus compared:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table summary="" border="1" width="75%"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;colgroup align="center"&gt;&lt;/colgroup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Positive&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Comparative&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;th&gt;&lt;i&gt;Superlative&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;much&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;more&lt;/td&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;td&gt;most&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!--
google_ad_client = "pub-9096640032113380";
//feeds_468x60, created 1/28/08
google_ad_slot = "7102324723";
google_ad_width = 468;
google_ad_height = 60;
//--&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;script type="text/javascript"
src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;
&lt;/script&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4738678906894242794-2649174701394595533?l=speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/2649174701394595533/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4738678906894242794&amp;postID=2649174701394595533" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/2649174701394595533?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/2649174701394595533?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly/~3/uXd9NmE2pCo/chapter-2-essentials-of-english-grammar.html" title="Chapter 2: Essentials of English Grammar" /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/2008/01/chapter-2-essentials-of-english-grammar.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CUMDRXgzeCp7ImA9WxZSEkw.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794.post-7151740468298450787</id><published>2008-01-24T14:17:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2008-01-24T14:24:34.680-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2008-01-24T14:24:34.680-08:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="three assentials of the English Language" /><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="definitions" /><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Requirements of Speech" /><title>Chapter 1: Requirements Of Speech</title><content type="html">&lt;h2 id="CHAPTER_I"&gt;CHAPTER I&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;REQUIREMENTS OF SPEECH&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Vocabulary—Parts of Speech—Requisites&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;It is very easy to learn how to speak and write correctly, as&lt;br /&gt;for all purposes of ordinary conversation and communication, only&lt;br /&gt;about 2,000 different words are required. The mastery of just&lt;br /&gt;twenty hundred words, the knowing where to place them, will make us&lt;br /&gt;not masters of the English language, but masters of correct&lt;br /&gt;speaking and writing. Small number, you will say, compared with&lt;br /&gt;what is in the dictionary! But nobody ever uses all the words in&lt;br /&gt;the dictionary or could use them did he live to be the age of&lt;br /&gt;Methuselah, and there is no necessity for using them.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are upwards of 200,000 words in the recent editions of the&lt;br /&gt;large dictionaries, but the one-hundredth part of this number will&lt;br /&gt;suffice for all your wants. Of course you may think not, and you&lt;br /&gt;may not be content to call things by their common names; you may be&lt;br /&gt;ambitious to show superiority over others and display your learning&lt;br /&gt;or, rather, your pedantry and lack of learning. For instance, you&lt;br /&gt;may not want to call a spade a spade. You may prefer to call it a&lt;br /&gt;spatulous device for abrading the surface of the soil. Better,&lt;br /&gt;however, to stick to the old familiar, simple name that your&lt;br /&gt;grandfather called it. It has stood the test of time, and old&lt;br /&gt;friends are always good friends.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;To use a big word or a foreign word when a small one and a&lt;br /&gt;familiar one will answer the same purpose, is a sign of ignorance.&lt;br /&gt;Great scholars and writers and polite speakers use simple&lt;br /&gt;words.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;To go back to the number necessary for all purposes of&lt;br /&gt;conversation correspondence and writing, 2,000, we find that a&lt;br /&gt;great many people who pass in society as being polished, refined&lt;br /&gt;and educated use less, for they know less. The greatest scholar&lt;br /&gt;alive hasn't more than four thousand different words at his&lt;br /&gt;command, and he never has occasion to use half the number.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the works of Shakespeare, the most wonderful genius the world&lt;br /&gt;has ever known, there is the enormous number of 15,000 different&lt;br /&gt;words, but almost 10,000 of them are obsolete or meaningless&lt;br /&gt;today.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Every person of intelligence should be able to use his mother&lt;br /&gt;tongue correctly. It only requires a little pains, a little care, a&lt;br /&gt;little study to enable one to do so, and the recompense is&lt;br /&gt;great.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Consider the contrast between the well-bred, polite man who&lt;br /&gt;knows how to choose and use his words correctly and the underbred,&lt;br /&gt;vulgar boor, whose language grates upon the ear and jars the&lt;br /&gt;sensitiveness of the finer feelings. The blunders of the latter,&lt;br /&gt;his infringement of all the canons of grammar, his absurdities and&lt;br /&gt;monstrosities of language, make his very presence a pain, and one&lt;br /&gt;is glad to escape from his company.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The proper grammatical formation of the English language, so&lt;br /&gt;that one may acquit himself as a correct conversationalist in the&lt;br /&gt;best society or be able to write and express his thoughts and ideas&lt;br /&gt;upon paper in the right manner, may be acquired in a few&lt;br /&gt;lessons.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;It is the purpose of this book, as briefly and concisely as&lt;br /&gt;possible, to direct the reader along a straight course, pointing&lt;br /&gt;out the mistakes he must avoid and giving him such assistance as&lt;br /&gt;will enable him to reach the goal of a correct knowledge of the&lt;br /&gt;English language. It is not a Grammar in any sense, but a guide, a&lt;br /&gt;silent signal-post pointing the way in the right direction.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE IN A NUTSHELL&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;All the words in the English language are divided into nine&lt;br /&gt;great classes. These classes are called the Parts of Speech. They&lt;br /&gt;are Article, Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Preposition,&lt;br /&gt;Conjunction and Interjection. Of these, the Noun is the most&lt;br /&gt;important, as all the others are more or less dependent upon it. A&lt;br /&gt;Noun signifies the name of any person, place or thing, in fact,&lt;br /&gt;anything of which we can have either thought or idea. There are two&lt;br /&gt;kinds of Nouns, Proper and Common. Common Nouns are names which&lt;br /&gt;belong in common to a race or class, as &lt;i&gt;man&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;city&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;Proper Nouns distinguish individual members of a race or class as&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;John&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;Philadelphia&lt;/i&gt;. In the former case &lt;i&gt;man&lt;/i&gt; is&lt;br /&gt;a name which belongs in common to the whole race of mankind, and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;city&lt;/i&gt; is also a name which is common to all large centres of&lt;br /&gt;population, but &lt;i&gt;John&lt;/i&gt; signifies a particular individual of&lt;br /&gt;the race, while &lt;i&gt;Philadelphia&lt;/i&gt; denotes a particular one from&lt;br /&gt;among the cities of the world.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nouns are varied by Person, Number, Gender, and Case. Person is&lt;br /&gt;that relation existing between the speaker, those addressed and the&lt;br /&gt;subject under consideration, whether by discourse or&lt;br /&gt;correspondence. The Persons are &lt;i&gt;First&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;Second&lt;/i&gt; and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Third&lt;/i&gt; and they represent respectively the speaker, the&lt;br /&gt;person addressed and the person or thing mentioned or under&lt;br /&gt;consideration.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Number&lt;/i&gt; is the distinction of one from more than one.&lt;br /&gt;There are two numbers, singular and plural; the singular denotes&lt;br /&gt;one, the plural two or more. The plural is generally formed from&lt;br /&gt;the singular by the addition of &lt;i&gt;s&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;es&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Gender&lt;/i&gt; has the same relation to nouns that sex has to&lt;br /&gt;individuals, but while there are only two sexes, there are four&lt;br /&gt;genders, viz., masculine, feminine, neuter and common. The&lt;br /&gt;masculine gender denotes all those of the male kind, the feminine&lt;br /&gt;gender all those of the female kind, the neuter gender denotes&lt;br /&gt;inanimate things or whatever is without life, and common gender is&lt;br /&gt;applied to animate beings, the sex of which for the time being is&lt;br /&gt;indeterminable, such as fish, mouse, bird, etc. Sometimes things&lt;br /&gt;which are without life as we conceive it and which, properly&lt;br /&gt;speaking, belong to the neuter gender, are, by a figure of speech&lt;br /&gt;called Personification, changed into either the masculine or&lt;br /&gt;feminine gender, as, for instance, we say of the sun, &lt;i&gt;He&lt;/i&gt; is&lt;br /&gt;rising; of the moon, &lt;i&gt;She&lt;/i&gt; is setting.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Case&lt;/i&gt; is the relation one noun bears to another or to a&lt;br /&gt;verb or to a preposition. There are three cases, the&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Nominative&lt;/i&gt;, the &lt;i&gt;Possessive&lt;/i&gt; and the &lt;i&gt;Objective&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;The nominative is the subject of which we are speaking or the agent&lt;br /&gt;which directs the action of the verb; the possessive case denotes&lt;br /&gt;possession, while the objective indicates the person or thing which&lt;br /&gt;is affected by the action of the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;An &lt;i&gt;Article&lt;/i&gt; is a word placed before a noun to show whether&lt;br /&gt;the latter is used in a particular or general sense. There are but&lt;br /&gt;two articles, &lt;i&gt;a&lt;/i&gt; or &lt;i&gt;an&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;the&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;An &lt;i&gt;Adjective&lt;/i&gt; is a word which qualifies a noun, that is,&lt;br /&gt;which shows some distinguishing mark or characteristic belonging to&lt;br /&gt;the noun.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;DEFINITIONS&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;Pronoun&lt;/i&gt; is a word used for or instead of a noun to keep&lt;br /&gt;us from repeating the same noun too often. Pronouns, like nouns,&lt;br /&gt;have case, number, gender and person. There are three kinds of&lt;br /&gt;pronouns, &lt;i&gt;personal&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;relative&lt;/i&gt; and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;adjective&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;verb&lt;/i&gt; is a word which signifies action or the doing of&lt;br /&gt;something. A verb is inflected by tense and mood and by number and&lt;br /&gt;person, though the latter two belong strictly to the subject of the&lt;br /&gt;verb.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;An &lt;i&gt;adverb&lt;/i&gt; is a word which modifies a verb, an adjective&lt;br /&gt;and sometimes another adverb.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;preposition&lt;/i&gt; serves to connect words and to show the&lt;br /&gt;relation between the objects which the words express.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;i&gt;conjunction&lt;/i&gt; is a word which joins words, phrases,&lt;br /&gt;clauses and sentences together.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;An &lt;i&gt;interjection&lt;/i&gt; is a word which expresses surprise or&lt;br /&gt;some sudden emotion of the mind.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;THREE ESSENTIALS&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The three essentials of the English language are: &lt;i&gt;Purity&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Perspicuity&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;Precision&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;By &lt;i&gt;Purity&lt;/i&gt; is signified the use of good English. It&lt;br /&gt;precludes the use of all slang words, vulgar phrases, obsolete&lt;br /&gt;terms, foreign idioms, ambiguous expressions or any ungrammatical&lt;br /&gt;language whatsoever. Neither does it sanction the use of any newly&lt;br /&gt;coined word until such word is adopted by the best writers and&lt;br /&gt;speakers.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Perspicuity&lt;/i&gt; demands the clearest expression of thought&lt;br /&gt;conveyed in unequivocal language, so that there may be no&lt;br /&gt;misunderstanding whatever of the thought or idea the speaker or&lt;br /&gt;writer wishes to convey. All ambiguous words, words of double&lt;br /&gt;meaning and words that might possibly be construed in a sense&lt;br /&gt;different from that intended, are strictly forbidden. Perspicuity&lt;br /&gt;requires a style at once clear and comprehensive and entirely free&lt;br /&gt;from pomp and pedantry and affectation or any straining after&lt;br /&gt;effect.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Precision&lt;/i&gt; requires concise and exact expression, free&lt;br /&gt;from redundancy and tautology, a style terse and clear and simple&lt;br /&gt;enough to enable the hearer or reader to comprehend immediately the&lt;br /&gt;meaning of the speaker or writer. It forbids, on the one hand, all&lt;br /&gt;long and involved sentences, and, on the other, those that are too&lt;br /&gt;short and abrupt. Its object is to strike the golden mean in such a&lt;br /&gt;way as to rivet the attention of the hearer or reader on the words&lt;br /&gt;uttered or written.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!--
google_ad_client = "pub-9096640032113380";
//feeds_468x60, created 1/28/08
google_ad_slot = "7102324723";
google_ad_width = 468;
google_ad_height = 60;
//--&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;script type="text/javascript"
src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;
&lt;/script&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4738678906894242794-7151740468298450787?l=speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/7151740468298450787/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4738678906894242794&amp;postID=7151740468298450787" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/7151740468298450787?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/7151740468298450787?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly/~3/OxvHWzH8eLc/chapter-1-requirements-of-speech.html" title="Chapter 1: Requirements Of Speech" /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/2008/01/chapter-1-requirements-of-speech.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CUcFQnk_fSp7ImA9WxZSEkw.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794.post-2971464345787041316</id><published>2008-01-24T14:13:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2008-01-24T14:16:53.745-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2008-01-24T14:16:53.745-08:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Josheph Devlin's Introduction" /><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="How to Speak and Write Correctly" /><title>Joseph Devlin's Introduction to "How to Speak and Write Correctly".</title><content type="html">&lt;center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;INTRODUCTION&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;/center&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the preparation of this little work the writer has kept one&lt;br /&gt;end in view, viz.: To make it serviceable for those for whom it is&lt;br /&gt;intended, that is, for those who have neither the time nor the&lt;br /&gt;opportunity, the learning nor the inclination, to peruse elaborate&lt;br /&gt;and abstruse treatises on Rhetoric, Grammar, and Composition. To&lt;br /&gt;them such works are as gold enclosed in chests of steel and locked&lt;br /&gt;beyond power of opening. This book has no pretension about it&lt;br /&gt;whatever,&amp;mdash;it is neither a Manual of Rhetoric, expatiating on&lt;br /&gt;the dogmas of style, nor a Grammar full of arbitrary rules and&lt;br /&gt;exceptions. It is merely an effort to help ordinary, everyday&lt;br /&gt;people to express themselves in ordinary, everyday language, in a&lt;br /&gt;proper manner. Some broad rules are laid down, the observance of&lt;br /&gt;which will enable the reader to keep within the pale of propriety&lt;br /&gt;in oral and written language. Many idiomatic words and expressions,&lt;br /&gt;peculiar to the language, have been given, besides which a number&lt;br /&gt;of the common mistakes and pitfalls have been placed before the&lt;br /&gt;reader so that he may know and avoid them.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The writer has to acknowledge his indebtedness to no one in&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;particular&lt;/i&gt;, but to all in &lt;i&gt;general&lt;/i&gt; who have ever&lt;br /&gt;written on the subject.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;The little book goes forth&amp;mdash;a finger-post on the road of&lt;br /&gt;language pointing in the right direction. It is hoped that they who&lt;br /&gt;go according to its index will arrive at the goal of correct&lt;br /&gt;speaking and writing.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!--
google_ad_client = "pub-9096640032113380";
//feeds_468x60, created 1/28/08
google_ad_slot = "7102324723";
google_ad_width = 468;
google_ad_height = 60;
//--&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;script type="text/javascript"
src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;
&lt;/script&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4738678906894242794-2971464345787041316?l=speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/2971464345787041316/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4738678906894242794&amp;postID=2971464345787041316" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/2971464345787041316?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/2971464345787041316?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly/~3/qeQkKUJzico/joseph-devlins-introduction-to-how-to.html" title="Joseph Devlin's Introduction to &quot;How to Speak and Write Correctly&quot;." /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/2008/01/joseph-devlins-introduction-to-how-to.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CEACRXw_eyp7ImA9WxZSEkw.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-4738678906894242794.post-8512358150327358472</id><published>2008-01-24T13:30:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2008-01-24T14:12:44.243-08:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2008-01-24T14:12:44.243-08:00</app:edited><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Project Gutenberg" /><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="How to Speak and Write Correctly" /><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Joseph Devlin" /><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Content" /><title>Introduction to Project Gutenberg.</title><content type="html">Project Gutenberg's How to Speak and Write Correctly, by Joseph Devlin&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the&lt;br /&gt;copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing&lt;br /&gt;this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project&lt;br /&gt;Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the&lt;br /&gt;header without written permission.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the&lt;br /&gt;eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is&lt;br /&gt;important information about your specific rights and restrictions in&lt;br /&gt;how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a&lt;br /&gt;donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Title: How to Speak and Write Correctly&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Author: Joseph Devlin&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Release Date: September, 2004 [EBook #6409]&lt;br /&gt;[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]&lt;br /&gt;[This file was first posted on December 8, 2002]&lt;br /&gt;[Date last updated: September 8, 2006]&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Edition: 10&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Language: English&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Character set encoding: ASCII&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This file should be named hwswc10.txt or hwswc10.zip&lt;br /&gt;Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, hwswc11.txt&lt;br /&gt;VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, hwswc10a.txt&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Produced by Tom Allen, Charles Franks&lt;br /&gt;and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed&lt;br /&gt;editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US&lt;br /&gt;unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we usually do not&lt;br /&gt;keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance&lt;br /&gt;of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.&lt;br /&gt;Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,&lt;br /&gt;even years after the official publication date.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til&lt;br /&gt;midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.&lt;br /&gt;The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at&lt;br /&gt;Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month.  A&lt;br /&gt;preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment&lt;br /&gt;and editing by those who wish to do so.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most people start at our Web sites at:&lt;br /&gt;http://gutenberg.net or&lt;br /&gt;http://promo.net/pg&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These Web sites include award-winning information about Project&lt;br /&gt;Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new&lt;br /&gt;eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement&lt;br /&gt;can get to them as follows, and just download by date.  This is&lt;br /&gt;also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the&lt;br /&gt;indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an&lt;br /&gt;announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or&lt;br /&gt;ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,&lt;br /&gt;as it appears in our Newsletters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work.  The&lt;br /&gt;time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours&lt;br /&gt;to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright&lt;br /&gt;searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc.   Our&lt;br /&gt;projected audience is one hundred million readers.  If the value&lt;br /&gt;per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2&lt;br /&gt;million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text&lt;br /&gt;files per month:  1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+&lt;br /&gt;We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002&lt;br /&gt;If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total&lt;br /&gt;will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!&lt;br /&gt;This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,&lt;br /&gt;which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;eBooks Year Month&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    1  1971 July&lt;br /&gt;   10  1991 January&lt;br /&gt;  100  1994 January&lt;br /&gt; 1000  1997 August&lt;br /&gt; 1500  1998 October&lt;br /&gt; 2000  1999 December&lt;br /&gt; 2500  2000 December&lt;br /&gt; 3000  2001 November&lt;br /&gt; 4000  2001 October/November&lt;br /&gt; 6000  2002 December*&lt;br /&gt; 9000  2003 November*&lt;br /&gt;10000  2004 January*&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created&lt;br /&gt;to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We need your donations more than ever!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people&lt;br /&gt;and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,&lt;br /&gt;Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,&lt;br /&gt;Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,&lt;br /&gt;Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New&lt;br /&gt;Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,&lt;br /&gt;Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South&lt;br /&gt;Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West&lt;br /&gt;Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones&lt;br /&gt;that have responded.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list&lt;br /&gt;will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.&lt;br /&gt;Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In answer to various questions we have received on this:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally&lt;br /&gt;request donations in all 50 states.  If your state is not listed and&lt;br /&gt;you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,&lt;br /&gt;just ask.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are&lt;br /&gt;not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting&lt;br /&gt;donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to&lt;br /&gt;donate.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about&lt;br /&gt;how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made&lt;br /&gt;deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are&lt;br /&gt;ways.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Donations by check or money order may be sent to:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation&lt;br /&gt;PMB 113&lt;br /&gt;1739 University Ave.&lt;br /&gt;Oxford, MS 38655-4109&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment&lt;br /&gt;method other than by check or money order.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by&lt;br /&gt;the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN&lt;br /&gt;[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154.  Donations are&lt;br /&gt;tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law.  As fund-raising&lt;br /&gt;requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be&lt;br /&gt;made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We need your donations more than ever!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can get up to date donation information online at:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;***&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,&lt;br /&gt;you can always email directly to:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Michael S. Hart hart@pobox.com&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We would prefer to send you information by email.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;**The Legal Small Print**&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Three Pages)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***&lt;br /&gt;Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.&lt;br /&gt;They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with&lt;br /&gt;your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from&lt;br /&gt;someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our&lt;br /&gt;fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement&lt;br /&gt;disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how&lt;br /&gt;you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK&lt;br /&gt;By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm&lt;br /&gt;eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept&lt;br /&gt;this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive&lt;br /&gt;a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by&lt;br /&gt;sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person&lt;br /&gt;you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical&lt;br /&gt;medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS&lt;br /&gt;This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,&lt;br /&gt;is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart&lt;br /&gt;through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").&lt;br /&gt;Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright&lt;br /&gt;on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and&lt;br /&gt;distribute it in the United States without permission and&lt;br /&gt;without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth&lt;br /&gt;below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook&lt;br /&gt;under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market&lt;br /&gt;any commercial products without permission.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable&lt;br /&gt;efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain&lt;br /&gt;works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any&lt;br /&gt;medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other&lt;br /&gt;things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or&lt;br /&gt;corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other&lt;br /&gt;intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged&lt;br /&gt;disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer&lt;br /&gt;codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES&lt;br /&gt;But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,&lt;br /&gt;[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may&lt;br /&gt;receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims&lt;br /&gt;all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including&lt;br /&gt;legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR&lt;br /&gt;UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,&lt;br /&gt;INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE&lt;br /&gt;OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE&lt;br /&gt;POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of&lt;br /&gt;receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)&lt;br /&gt;you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that&lt;br /&gt;time to the person you received it from. If you received it&lt;br /&gt;on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and&lt;br /&gt;such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement&lt;br /&gt;copy. If you received it electronically, such person may&lt;br /&gt;choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to&lt;br /&gt;receive it electronically.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER&lt;br /&gt;WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS&lt;br /&gt;TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT&lt;br /&gt;LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A&lt;br /&gt;PARTICULAR PURPOSE.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or&lt;br /&gt;the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the&lt;br /&gt;above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you&lt;br /&gt;may have other legal rights.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;INDEMNITY&lt;br /&gt;You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,&lt;br /&gt;and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated&lt;br /&gt;with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm&lt;br /&gt;texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including&lt;br /&gt;legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the&lt;br /&gt;following that you do or cause:  [1] distribution of this eBook,&lt;br /&gt;[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,&lt;br /&gt;or [3] any Defect.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"&lt;br /&gt;You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by&lt;br /&gt;disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this&lt;br /&gt;"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,&lt;br /&gt;or:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[1]  Only give exact copies of it.  Among other things, this&lt;br /&gt;     requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the&lt;br /&gt;     eBook or this "small print!" statement.  You may however,&lt;br /&gt;     if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable&lt;br /&gt;     binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,&lt;br /&gt;     including any form resulting from conversion by word&lt;br /&gt;     processing or hypertext software, but only so long as&lt;br /&gt;     *EITHER*:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     [*]  The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and&lt;br /&gt;          does *not* contain characters other than those&lt;br /&gt;          intended by the author of the work, although tilde&lt;br /&gt;          (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may&lt;br /&gt;          be used to convey punctuation intended by the&lt;br /&gt;          author, and additional characters may be used to&lt;br /&gt;          indicate hypertext links; OR&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     [*]  The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at&lt;br /&gt;          no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent&lt;br /&gt;          form by the program that displays the eBook (as is&lt;br /&gt;          the case, for instance, with most word processors);&lt;br /&gt;          OR&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     [*]  You provide, or agree to also provide on request at&lt;br /&gt;          no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the&lt;br /&gt;          eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC&lt;br /&gt;          or other equivalent proprietary form).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[2]  Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this&lt;br /&gt;     "Small Print!" statement.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[3]  Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the&lt;br /&gt;     gross profits you derive calculated using the method you&lt;br /&gt;     already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  If you&lt;br /&gt;     don't derive profits, no royalty is due.  Royalties are&lt;br /&gt;     payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"&lt;br /&gt;     the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were&lt;br /&gt;     legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent&lt;br /&gt;     periodic) tax return.  Please contact us beforehand to&lt;br /&gt;     let us know your plans and to work out the details.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?&lt;br /&gt;Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of&lt;br /&gt;public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed&lt;br /&gt;in machine readable form.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,&lt;br /&gt;public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.&lt;br /&gt;Money should be paid to the:&lt;br /&gt;"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or&lt;br /&gt;software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:&lt;br /&gt;hart@pobox.com&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only&lt;br /&gt;when distributed free of all fees.  Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by&lt;br /&gt;Michael S. Hart.  Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be&lt;br /&gt;used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be&lt;br /&gt;they hardware or software or any other related product without&lt;br /&gt;express permission.]&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!--
google_ad_client = "pub-9096640032113380";
//feeds_468x60, created 1/28/08
google_ad_slot = "7102324723";
google_ad_width = 468;
google_ad_height = 60;
//--&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;script type="text/javascript"
src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt;
&lt;/script&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/4738678906894242794-8512358150327358472?l=speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/feeds/8512358150327358472/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=4738678906894242794&amp;postID=8512358150327358472" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/8512358150327358472?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/4738678906894242794/posts/default/8512358150327358472?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/LearnToSpeakAndWriteenglishCorrectly/~3/ZTZltEg5u2o/introduction-to-project-gutenberg.html" title="Introduction to Project Gutenberg." /><author><name>Ratcha</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/08459165484684684054</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="31" height="21" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-u_EcchYizGQ/TZdcmWDOEVI/AAAAAAAAAlY/rCZxsXRGXKo/s220/baby%2Bshower_0290.JPG" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://speakandwriteenglishcorrectly.blogspot.com/2008/01/introduction-to-project-gutenberg.html</feedburner:origLink></entry></feed>

